Das - Driver Assistance System PDF

CRUISE CONTROL & DRIVER ASSISTANCE
SECTION
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM
DAS B
E
CONTENTS
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM LDW : Switch Name and Function ...........................27 F
LDW : Menu Displayed by Pressing Each Switch....27
PRECAUTION ............................................... 9
BSW ...........................................................................28
G
PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 9 BSW : Switch Name and Function ..........................28
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System BSW : System Display and Warning .......................29
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ................................................................... 9 MOD ...........................................................................30 H
MOD : System Display and Warning .......................30
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ............. 9
Precaution for Work ................................................ 10 HANDLING PRECAUTION ............................... 31
Precaution for LDW System Service ....................... 11 Precautions for Lane Departure Warning ................31 I
Precaution for BSW System Service ....................... 11 Precautions for Blind Spot Warning .........................31
Precautions for Driver Assistance Systems ............ 11 Precautions for Traffic Sign Recognition .................31
Precautions for Drive Attention Alert .......................31 J
PREPARATION ........................................... 12
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AROUND VIEW MON-
PREPARATION ..................................................12
Special Service Tool ............................................... 12
ITOR CONTROL UNIT) ..................................... 33
K
CONSULT Function .................................................33
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 13
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (DISTANCE SENSOR)... 37
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................13 CONSULT Function (LASER/RADAR) ....................37 L
Component Parts Location ...................................... 13
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (FRONT CAMERA
SYSTEM .............................................................15 UNIT) ................................................................. 39
M
CONSULT Function (LANE CAMERA) ...................39
LDW ........................................................................... 15
LDW : System Description ...................................... 15 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 42
N
BSW ........................................................................... 17 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ... 42
BSW : System Description ...................................... 17 Reference Value ......................................................42
Fail-safe (Around View Monitor Control Unit) ..........47
MOD ........................................................................... 21 DAS
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................48
MOD : System Description ...................................... 22
DTC Index ...............................................................49
TSR ............................................................................ 23
DISTANCE SENSOR ........................................ 50 P
TSR : System Description ....................................... 24
Reference Value ......................................................50
DAA ........................................................................... 24 Fail-safe (Distance Sensor) .....................................52
DAA : System Description ....................................... 25 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................52
DTC Index ...............................................................53
OPERATION .......................................................27
PUMP CONTROL UNIT .................................... 54
LDW ........................................................................... 27 Reference Value ......................................................54
DAS-1
FRONT CAMERA UNIT ..................................... 56 Description .............................................................. 95
Reference Value ..................................................... 56 Work Procedure (Preparation) ................................ 95
Fail-safe (Front Camera Unit) ................................. 60 Work Procedure (Target Setting) ............................ 96
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 60 Work Procedure (Camera Aiming Adjustment) ....... 98
DTC Index .............................................................. 61 Work Procedure (Target Mark Sample) .................. 99
WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 62 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND

VIEW MONITOR) .............................................. 101
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS ................... 62 Description ............................................................ 101
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 62 Work Procedure (Preparation) .............................. 101
Work Procedure (Target Setting) .......................... 102
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 78 Work Procedure (Rear Camera Calibration) ......... 104
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ........ 78 Work Procedure (Target Mark Sample) ................ 105
Work Flow ............................................................... 78 ACTION TEST .................................................. 107
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSIS (CAM- LDW ......................................................................... 107
ERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT) ........................... 81 LDW : Description ................................................. 107
LDW : Inspection Procedure ................................. 107
REAR VIEW CAMERA .............................................. 81
REAR VIEW CAMERA : Inspection Procedure ...... 81 BSW ......................................................................... 108
BSW : Description ................................................. 108
FRONT CAMERA UNIT ............................................ 81
BSW : Inspection Procedure ................................. 108
FRONT CAMERA UNIT : Inspection Procedure ..... 81
MOD ......................................................................... 109
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSIS (CALI- MOD : Description ................................................. 109
BRATING CAMERA IMAGE) ............................ 82 MOD : Inspection Procedure ................................. 109
Inspection Procedure .............................................. 82
CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONI-
REAR VIEW CAMERA WASHER/AIR BLOW- TOR CONTROL UNIT) ..................................... 111
ER FUNCTION INSPECTION ............................ 83 Description ............................................................ 111
Inspection Procedure .............................................. 83 Work Procedure .................................................... 111
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING Configuration List .................................................. 112
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ... 84 PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSI-
Description .............................................................. 84 TION ADJUSTMENT ........................................ 113
Work Procedure ...................................................... 84 Description ............................................................ 113
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING Work Procedure .................................................... 113
DISTANCE SENSOR ......................................... 86 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 114
Description .............................................................. 86
Work Procedure ...................................................... 86 U0121 VDC CAN 2 ........................................... 114
DTC Logic ............................................................. 114
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 114
FRONT CAMERA UNIT ..................................... 87
Description .............................................................. 87 U0122 VDC P-RUN DIAG ................................. 115
Work Procedure ...................................................... 87
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ......... 115
DISTANCE SENSOR INITIAL VERTICAL AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT :
ALIGNMENT ...................................................... 88 DTC Logic ............................................................. 115
Description .............................................................. 88 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Di-
Required Tools ....................................................... 88 agnosis Procedure ................................................ 115
Preparation ............................................................. 88
FRONT CAMERA UNIT .......................................... 115
Distance Sensor Initial Vertical Alignment .............. 89
FRONT CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic .................... 115
DISTANCE SENSOR ALIGNMENT .................. 90 FRONT CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ... 115
Description .............................................................. 90
U0126 STRG SEN CAN 1 ................................ 116
Work Procedure (Preparation) ................................ 90
Work Procedure (Setting The ICC Target Board) ... 92 DISTANCE SENSOR .............................................. 116
Work Procedure (Radar Alignment) ....................... 93 DISTANCE SENSOR : DTC Logic ........................ 116
DISTANCE SENSOR : Diagnosis Procedure ....... 116
CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT .................... 95
DAS-2
FRONT CAMERA UNIT ........................................... 116 FRONT CAMERA UNIT ........................................... 126
FRONT CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic .................... 116 FRONT CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic .................... 126 A
FRONT CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 116 FRONT CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .. 126
U0155 METER CAN 1 ...................................... 118 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 128
DTC Logic ............................................................. 118 B
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 118 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ......... 128
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT :
U0235 DIST SEN CAN CIRC 1 ........................ 119 DTC Logic .............................................................. 128 C
DTC Logic ............................................................. 119
DISTANCE SENSOR ............................................... 128
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 119
DISTANCE SENSOR : DTC Logic ........................ 128
U0401 ECM CAN 1 ........................................... 120 D
FRONT CAMERA UNIT ........................................... 128
DTC Logic ............................................................. 120
U111A REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIR- E
U0415 VDC CAN 1 ........................................... 121
DTC Logic ............................................................. 121
CUIT ................................................................ 129
DTC Logic .............................................................. 129
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 129 F
U0416 VDC CHECKSUM DIAG ....................... 122
U111B SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ......... 122 CIRCUIT .......................................................... 132
G
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic .............................................................. 132
DTC Logic ............................................................. 122 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 132
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Di-
agnosis Procedure ................................................ 122 U111C FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL H
CIRCUIT .......................................................... 137
FRONT CAMERA UNIT ........................................... 122 DTC Logic .............................................................. 137
FRONT CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic .................... 122 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 137 I
FRONT CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 122
U111D SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL
U0428 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .............. 123 CIRCUIT .......................................................... 140
DTC Logic .............................................................. 140 J
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ......... 123
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 140
DTC Logic ............................................................. 123 U1232 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ............. 145
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Di- K
DTC Logic .............................................................. 145
agnosis Procedure ................................................ 123 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 145
DISTANCE SENSOR ............................................... 123 U1302 CAMERA POWER VOLT .................... 146 L
DTC Logic .............................................................. 146
DISTANCE SENSOR : Diagnosis Procedure ....... 123
FRONT CAMERA UNIT ........................................... 123 M
U1303 LED POWER SUPPLY VOLT ............. 155
DTC Logic .............................................................. 155
N
U0433 DIST SEN CAN CIRC 2 ........................ 125
U1304 CAMERA IMAGE CALIBRATION ....... 156
DTC Logic ............................................................. 125
DTC Logic .............................................................. 156
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 156 DAS
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 126
U1305 CONFIG UNFINISH ............................. 157
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ......... 126 DTC Logic .............................................................. 157
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 157 P
DTC Logic ............................................................. 126
U1308 CAMERA CONFIG .............................. 158
agnosis Procedure ................................................ 126 DTC Logic .............................................................. 158
DISTANCE SENSOR ............................................... 126
DISTANCE SENSOR : DTC Logic ........................ 126 U1309 PUMP UNIT CURRENT ....................... 159
DISTANCE SENSOR : Diagnosis Procedure ....... 126 DTC Logic .............................................................. 159
DAS-3
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................159 C1A07 CVT ....................................................... 171
DTC Logic ............................................................. 171
U130A PUMP CONTROL UNIT ....................... 161 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171
DTC Logic ..............................................................161
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................161 C1A12 LASER BEAM OFF CENTER .............. 172
DTC Logic ............................................................. 172
U130B REAR CAMERA COMM ERROR ........ 162 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 172
DTC Logic ..............................................................162
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................162 C1A14 ECM ...................................................... 173
U1527 CCM CAN 1 .......................................... 163 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ......... 173
DTC Logic ..............................................................163 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT :
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................163 DTC Logic ............................................................. 173
U153F CCM CAN 2 .......................................... 164 agnosis Procedure ................................................ 173
DTC Logic ..............................................................164
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................164 DISTANCE SENSOR .............................................. 173
C10B7 YAW RATE SENSOR .......................... 165 DISTANCE SENSOR : Diagnosis Procedure ....... 174
DTC Logic ..............................................................165
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................165 C1A15 GEAR POSITION ................................. 175
DTC Logic ............................................................. 175
C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2 .......................... 166
C1A16 RADAR BLOCKED .............................. 176
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ..........166 DTC Logic ............................................................. 176
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 176
DTC Logic ..............................................................166
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Di- C1A17 DISTANCE SENSOR ........................... 177
agnosis Procedure .................................................166 DTC Logic ............................................................. 177
DISTANCE SENSOR ...............................................166
DISTANCE SENSOR : DTC Logic ........................166 C1A18 RADAR AIMING INCMP ...................... 178
DISTANCE SENSOR : Diagnosis Procedure ........166 DTC Logic ............................................................. 178
C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ................ 168
C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP ................................. 179
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ..........168 DTC Logic ............................................................. 179
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT :
DTC Logic ..............................................................168 C1A24 NP RANGE ........................................... 180
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Di- DTC Logic ............................................................. 180
agnosis Procedure .................................................168 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 180
DISTANCE SENSOR ...............................................168 C1A26 ECD MODE MALFUNCTION ............... 181
DISTANCE SENSOR : DTC Logic ........................168 DTC Logic ............................................................. 181
DISTANCE SENSOR : Diagnosis Procedure ........168 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 181
C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM ..................... 169 C1A39 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .............. 182
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ..........169 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ......... 182
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT :
DTC Logic ..............................................................169 DTC Logic ............................................................. 182
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Di- AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Di-
agnosis Procedure .................................................169 agnosis Procedure ................................................ 182
DISTANCE SENSOR ...............................................169 DISTANCE SENSOR .............................................. 182
DISTANCE SENSOR : DTC Logic ........................169 DISTANCE SENSOR : DTC Logic ........................ 182
DISTANCE SENSOR : Diagnosis Procedure ........169 DISTANCE SENSOR : Diagnosis Procedure ....... 182
C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW ............. 170 C1B00 CAMERA UNIT MALF .......................... 183
DTC Logic ..............................................................170 DTC Logic ............................................................. 183
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................170 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 183
DAS-4
C1B01 CAM AIMING INCMP ........................... 184 Exploded View ....................................................... 203
DTC Logic ............................................................. 184 Removal and Installation ....................................... 203 A
BSW INDICATOR ........................................... 204
C1B02 VHCL SPD DATA MALF ...................... 185 Removal and Installation ....................................... 204
B
DTC Logic ............................................................. 185
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 185 WARNING SYSTEMS BUZZER ..................... 205
Exploded View ....................................................... 205
C1B03 ABNRML TEMP DETECT .................... 186 Removal and Installation ....................................... 205 C
DTC Logic ............................................................. 186
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 186 REAR VIEW CAMERA AIR PUMP MOTOR ... 206
Removal and Installation ....................................... 206
C1B5D FEB OPE COUNT LIMIT ..................... 187 D
DTC Logic ............................................................. 187 REAR VIEW CAMERA WASHER CONTROL
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 187 UNIT ................................................................ 207
Removal and Installation ....................................... 207 E
C1B09 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT, C1B0A CHASSIS CONTROL
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT2 ........................... 188
DTC Logic ............................................................. 188 PRECAUTION ............................................ 208
F
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 208
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 189 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- G
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT ......... 189 SIONER" ............................................................... 208
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Di- Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal .......... 208
agnosis Procedure ................................................ 189 Precaution for Work ............................................... 209 H
DISTANCE SENSOR ............................................... 190 Precautions for Harness Repair ............................ 210
DISTANCE SENSOR : Diagnosis Procedure ....... 190 Precautions for Chassis control ............................. 210
FRONT CAMERA UNIT ........................................... 191 PREPARATION ......................................... 211 I

PREPARATION ............................................... 211
WARNING BUZZER CIRCUIT ......................... 193 Special Service Tool .............................................. 211 J
Component Function Check .................................. 193
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 212
WASHER PUMP CIRCUIT ............................... 194 COMPONENT PARTS .................................... 212 K

Component Parts Location .................................... 212
Component Function Check .................................. 194
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 194 SYSTEM .......................................................... 213
System Description - Chassis Control ................... 213 L
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 195
System Description - Active Engine Brake ............ 213
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM SYMP- System Description - Active Ride Control .............. 214
TOMS ................................................................ 195 System Description - Active Trace Control ............ 214 M
Symptom Table ..................................................... 195 Fail-Safe (Chassis Control Module) ....................... 215
SYSTEM SETTINGS CANNOT BE TURNED HANDLING PRECAUTION ............................. 218

N
ON/OFF IN VEHICLE INFORMATION DIS- Precautions for Chassis Control (Engine Brake,
Active Ride, and Active Trace) .............................. 218
PLAY ................................................................ 198
Description ............................................................ 198 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (CHASSIS CONTROL DAS
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 198 MODULE) ........................................................ 219
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 199 CONSULT Function ............................................... 219
Description ............................................................ 199 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 225 P
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 201 CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE ..................... 225
FRONT CAMERA UNIT ................................... 201 Reference Value .................................................... 225
Exploded View ...................................................... 201 Fail-Safe (Chassis Control Module) ....................... 230
Removal and Installation ....................................... 201 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 231
DTC Index ............................................................. 232
DISTANCE SENSOR ....................................... 203
DAS-5
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 234 C1BB3-00 CONTROL MODULE ...................... 259
DTC Description .................................................... 259
CHASSIS CONTROL ....................................... 234 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 259
Wiring Diagram ......................................................234
C1BB4-00 CONTROL MODULE ...................... 260
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 237 DTC Description .................................................... 260
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 237
Work Flow ..............................................................237 C1BB5-00 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY .......... 261
Diagnostic Work Sheet ..........................................238 DTC Description .................................................... 261
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE ...................... 240 C1BB6-00 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY .......... 263
Description .............................................................240 DTC Description .................................................... 263
CONFIGURATION (CHASSIS CONTROL
MODULE) ......................................................... 241 C1BB7-00 CONTROL MODULE ...................... 265
Work Procedure .....................................................241 DTC Description .................................................... 265
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 243
C1B92-00 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM ......... 243 DTC Description .................................................... 266
DTC Description ....................................................243 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 266
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................243
C1B93-00 ENGINE/HEV SYSTEM .................. 245 DTC Description .................................................... 267
C1BBA-00 CONTROL MODULE ..................... 268
C1B94-00 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM ............. 247 DTC Description .................................................... 268
C1BBB-00 CONTROL MODULE ..................... 269
C1B95-00 CONTROL MODULE ...................... 249 DTC Description .................................................... 269
C1BBC-00 CONTROL MODULE ..................... 270
C1B99-00 CONTROL MODULE ...................... 250 DTC Description .................................................... 270
C1BBD-00 VARIANT CODING ........................ 271
C1BA0-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CONTROL DTC Description .................................................... 271
BRAKE SYSTEM ............................................. 251 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 271
DTC Description ....................................................251
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................251 C1BC0-00 FRONT RIGHT WHEEL SENSOR.. 272
DTC Description .................................................... 272
C1BA2-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ....... 253 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 272
DTC Description ....................................................253
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................253 C1BC1-00 FRONT LEFT WHEEL SENSOR .... 274
DTC Description .................................................... 274
C1BA5-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CONTROL EN- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 274
GINE SYSTEM ................................................. 255
DTC Description ....................................................255 C1BC2-00 REAR RIGHT WHEEL SENSOR .... 276
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................255 DTC Description .................................................... 276
C1BAB-00 STOP LAMP SWITCH ................... 256
DTC Description ....................................................256 C1BC3-00 REAR LEFT WHEEL SENSOR ...... 278
C1BB2-00 CONTROL MODULE ..................... 258
DTC Description ....................................................258 C1BC4-00 DECEL G SENSOR ........................ 280
DAS-6
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 280 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 307
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 307 A
C1BC5-00 SIDE G SENSOR ............................ 282
DTC Description .................................................... 282 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 308
CHASSIS CONTROL ...................................... 308 B
C1BC6-00 PRESSURE SENSOR .................... 284 Active Engine Brake .............................................. 308
DTC Description .................................................... 284 Active Ride Control ................................................ 308
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 284 Active Trace Control .............................................. 309 C
U1000-00 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ..................... 286 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 311
DTC Logic ............................................................. 286 Description ............................................................. 311
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 286 D
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 312
U1A34-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMMUNICA-
TION ................................................................. 287 CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE ..................... 312 E
DTC Description .................................................... 287 Exploded View ....................................................... 312
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 287 Removal and Installation ....................................... 312
PARK ASSIST
U1A35-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMMUNICA- F
TION ................................................................. 289 PRECAUTION ............................................ 313
DTC Description .................................................... 289
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 289 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 313 G
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
U1A36-00 BCM/IPDM COMMUNICATION ...... 291 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
DTC Description .................................................... 291 SIONER" ............................................................... 313
H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 291 Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal .......... 313
Precautions For Harness Repair ........................... 314
U1A39-00 COMBINATION METER COMMU-
NICATION ......................................................... 293 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 316 I
DTC Description .................................................... 293
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 293 DESCRIPTION ................................................ 316
Description ............................................................. 316
U1A3B-00 TCM COMMUNICATION ................ 295 J
DTC Description .................................................... 295 COMPONENT PARTS .................................... 317
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 295 Component Parts Location .................................... 317
K
U1A42-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SYSTEM .......................................................... 319
COMMUNICATION ........................................... 297 System Description ................................................ 319
DTC Description .................................................... 297 Fail-safe (Around View Monitor Control Unit) ........ 323
L
OPERATION ................................................... 325
U1A43-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR Switch Name and Function .................................... 325
COMMUNICATION ........................................... 299 System Display and Warning ................................ 326 M
DTC Description .................................................... 299 HANDLING PRECAUTION ............................. 328
Precautions for Around View Monitor with Parking
Assist ..................................................................... 328 N
U1A48-00 ECM/HPCM COMMUNICATION ..... 301
DTC Description .................................................... 301 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AROUND VIEW MON-
ITOR CONTROL UNIT) ................................... 329 DAS
U1A4A-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN) .......... 303 CONSULT Function ............................................... 329
DTC Description .................................................... 303
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 333
P
U1A4B-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN) .......... 304 AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT . 333
Reference Value .................................................... 333
DTC Description .................................................... 304
Fail-safe (Around View Monitor Control Unit) ........ 338
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 339
U1A4E-00 ECM/HPCM COMMUNICATION .... 305 DTC Index ............................................................. 340
DTC Description .................................................... 305
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 305 WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 341
DAS-7
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS ................. 341 Work Procedure .................................................... 359
Wiring Diagram ......................................................341
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 360
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 357
PARK ASSIST SYMPTOMS ............................ 360
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 357 Symptom Table ..................................................... 360
Work Flow ..............................................................357
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 361
ACTION TEST ................................................. 359 Description ............................................................ 361
Description .............................................................359
DAS-8
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000010417374
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
F
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors. G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING: H
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing I
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. J
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000010519313
• With the adoption of Auto ACC function, ACC power is automatically supplied by operating the intelligent key K
or remote keyless entry or by opening/closing the driver side door. In addition, ACC power is supplied even
after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position, i.e. ACC power is supplied for a certain fixed time.
• When disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, turn off the ACC
L
power before disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, observing
“How to disconnect 12V battery terminal” described below.
NOTE:
Some ECUs operate for a certain fixed time even after ignition M
switch is turned OFF and ignition power supply is stopped. If the
battery terminal is disconnected before ECU stops, accidental DTC
detection or ECU data damage may occur.
N
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main bat-
tery and the sub battery before turning ON the ignition switch.
NOTE:
SEF289H
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of DAS
main battery and sub battery disconnected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE: P
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
HOW TO DISCONNECT 12V BATTERY TERMINAL
Disconnect 12V battery terminal according to Instruction 1 or Instruction 2 described below.
For vehicles parked by ignition switch OFF, refer to Instruction 2.
INSTRUCTION 1
1. Open the hood.
DAS-9
PRECAUTIONS
2. Turn key switch to the OFF position with the driver side door opened.
3. Get out of the vehicle and close the driver side door.
4. Wait at least 3 minutes. For vehicle with the engine listed below, remove the battery terminal after a lapse
of the specified time.
D4D engine : 20 minutes

HRA2DDT : 12 minutes
K9K engine : 4 minutes
M9R engine : 4 minutes
R9M engine : 4 minutes
V9X engine : 4 minutes
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
5. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.
INSTRUCTION 2 (FOR VEHICLES PARKED BY IGNITION SWITCH OFF)
1. Unlock the door with intelligent key or remote keyless entry.
NOTE:
At this moment, ACC power is supplied.
2. Open the driver side door.
3. Open the hood.
4. Close the driver side door.
5. Wait at least 3 minutes.
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
Precaution for Work INFOID:0000000010416770
• When removing or disassembling each component, be careful not to damage or deform it. If a component
may be subject to interference, be sure to protect it with a shop cloth.
• When removing (disengaging) components with a screwdriver or similar tool, be sure to wrap the component
with a shop cloth or vinyl tape to protect it.
• Protect the removed parts with a shop cloth and prevent them from being dropped.
• Replace a deformed or damaged clip.
• If a part is specified as a non-reusable part, always replace it with a new one.
• Be sure to tighten bolts and nuts securely to the specified torque.
• After installation is complete, be sure to check that each part works properly.
• Follow the steps below to clean components:
- Water soluble dirt:
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the dirty area.
• Then rub with a soft, dry cloth.
- Oily dirt:
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water with mild detergent (concentration: within 2 to 3%) and wipe the dirty
area.
• Then dip a cloth into fresh water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the detergent off.
- Do not use organic solvent such as thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline.
- For genuine leather seats, use a genuine leather seat cleaner.
DAS-10
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for LDW System Service INFOID:0000000010868543
A
WARNING:
Be careful of traffic conditions and safety around the vehicle when performing road test.
CAUTION: B
• Never perform the active test while driving.
• Never change LDW initial state ON ⇒ OFF without the consent of the customer.
Precaution for BSW System Service INFOID:0000000010868544 C
WARNING:
Be careful of traffic conditions and safety around the vehicle when performing road test. D
CAUTION:
• Never perform the active test while driving.
• Never change BSW initial state ON ⇒ OFF without the consent of the customer.
E
Precautions for Driver Assistance Systems INFOID:0000000010619951
CAUTION: F
• Do not use or disassemble the distance sensor removed from the vehicle.
• Erase DTC when replacing parts of FEB system, then check the operation of FEB system after align-
ment, if necessary.
WARNING: G
Be cautious of traffic conditions and other vehicles when performing a road test.
CAUTION:
• Do not use the DAS system when driving with free rollers or on a chassis dynamometer. H
• Do not disassemble or alter the rear view camera.
• Do not disable the DAS system without the consent of the customer.
OBSERVE THE FOLLOWING ITEMS IN ORDER TO KEEP THE DAS SYSTEM OPERATING PROP- I
ERLY:
Rear view Camera Maintenance
J
The rear view camera for the DAS system is located in the back door. To keep the DAS system operating
properly and prevent a malfunction, be sure to observe the following:
• Always keep the camera lens area clean.
• Do not attach bumper stickers (including transparent materials) or install an accessory near the rear view- K
camera.
• Do not strike or damage the areas around the rear view camera.
• Do not touch the camera lens (except for cleaning) or remove the rear view camera. L
DAS
DAS-11
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000010416774
Tool number
(SPX - North America No.) Description
Tool name
KV99112700
(—) Uses for radar alignment
ICC target board
JSOIA1012ZZ
NOTE:
For radar alignment, KV99112700 or a set of Kent-Moore No. SST are to be used.
DAS-12
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010416775
B
JMOIA0021ZZ
H
No. Component Function
• Front camera unit is installed above the inside mirror.
Front camera unit • Detects the lane marker, the lighting condition in front of the vehicle and traffic sign in I
travel lane.
• Installed on the front door corner finisher, the blind spot warning indicator warns the
driver by lighting/blinking. J
Blind spot warning indictor RH
• Receives a blind spot warning indicator operation signal from the around view monitor
control unit.
• The warning buzzer outputs by inputting the sensor signal from sonar sensors.
• Sensor signal that corresponds to the detected distance to an obstacle is transmitted to
K
Sonar control unit
around view monitor control unit via can communication.
• Refer to SN-58, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
• The around view monitor control unit is installed behind the glove box. L
Around view monitor control unit • Vehicle width guide lines, predicted course line, vehicle front guiding line and vehicle
side line, and vehicle icon are displayed and combined with camera images.
• Transmits the vehicle speed signal (wheel speed) to around view monitor via CAN com- M
ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
munication
trol unit)
• Refer to BRC-8, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Rear view camera washer motor Pumps washer fluid to the rear view camera. N
• Distance sensor is installed to the back of the front bumper and detects a vehicle ahead
by using millimeter waves.
• Distance sensor detects radar reflected from a vehicle ahead by irradiating radar for-
Distance sensor ward and calculates a distance from the vehicle ahead and relative speed, based on
DAS
the detected signal.
• Distance sensor transmits the presence/absence of vehicle ahead and the distance
from the vehicle to around view monitor control unit via CAN communication.
P
Refer to TM-217, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" (RE0F10D) or
TCM TM-430, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" (RE0F10G) for detailed
installation location.
DAS-13
COMPONENT PARTS
No. Component Function
• Transmits engine speed signal to around view monitor control unit via CAN communi-
cation.
• Refer to ECH-12, "Component Parts Location" (HRA2DDT), ECM-14, "ENGINE CON-
ECM
TROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" (MR20DD), ECK-12, "Component Parts
Location" (K9K) or EC9-12, "Component Parts Location" (R9M) for detailed installation
location.
• Transmits the turn indicator signal, dimmer signal, and back door switch signal to
around view monitor via CAN communication.
BCM
• Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed
installation location:
• Installed on the front door corner finisher, the blind spot warning indicator warns the
driver by lighting/blinking.
Blind spot warning indictor LH
• Receives a blind spot warning indicator operation signal from the around view monitor
control unit.
• The rear view camera is installed in the back door finisher.
• With the mirror processing function, a mirror image is sent as if it is viewed by a rear
view mirror.
Rear view camera • Power for the camera is supplied from the around view monitor control unit, and the im-
age at the rear of the vehicle is sent to the around view monitor control unit.
• The rear view camera is equipped with a washer nozzle and air nozzle for cleaning
camera. A check valve is installed to the tube connected to the washer nozzle.
• Rear view camera air pump motor is installed to the rear left underbody.
• Air pump is activated and generates compressed air when power is supplied from the
Rear view camera air pump motor
rear view camera washer control unit.
• Compressed air jets out from the air nozzle of rear view camera via air tube.
• Rear view camera washer control unit is installed under the luggage rear plate.
Rear view camera washer control • Communicates with around view monitor control unit via serial communication line.
unit • Activates air pump and washer pump according to the signal from around view monitor
control unit.
• Displays the system status according to a signal received.
Combination meter • Operates the buzzer according to the signal from the distance sensor.
• Refer to MWI-6, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Receives the various systems and camera signals via CAN communication and routes
them to the NAVI control unit display.
• Steering switches are installed in the steering wheel.
Steering switch
• Settings for driver assistance systems are possible.
• Switch is connected to the combination meter and signals are transmitted to the around
view monitor via CAN communication.
• Installed to the back of the instrument lower panel LH, the warning system switch is
Warning system switch used to activate/deactivate the driver assistance system.
• Transmits a warning system switch signal to the around view monitor control unit.
• Warning system buzzer is installed to the back of the instrument lower panel LH.
Warning system buzzer • When a warning buzzer signal is received from the around view monitor, the buzzer
sounds.
• Transmits the steering angle sensor signal to around view monitor via CAN communi-
Steering angle sensor cation.
• Refer to BRC-8, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
• Receives the various systems and camera signals via CAN communication and routes
them to the NAVI control unit display.
NAVI control unit
• Receives speed limit information in navigation data.
• Refer to AV-128, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
DAS-14
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
LDW
LDW : System Description INFOID:0000000010416788
B
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C
JMOIA0064GB
J
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM
Input Signal Item
K
Transmit unit Signal name Description
Receives an operational state of the turn signal
BCM CAN communication Turn indicator signal L
lamp and the hazard lamp
Receives a selection state of each item in “Driver
Combination meter CAN communication System selection signal
assistance” selected with the information display
M
Receives the number of revolutions, turning di-
Steering angle sensor CAN communication Steering angle sensor signal
rection of the steering wheel
ABS actuator and elec-
CAN communication Vehicle speed signal (ABS) Receives the wheel speed of the four wheels N
tric unit (control unit)
Output Signal Item

DAS
Reception unit Signal name Description
Transmits a meter display signal to turn
LDW warning signal
Meter display ON the LDW warning
P
CAN commu- signal Transmits a meter display signal to turn
Combination meter LDW ON indicator signal
nication ON the LDW ON indicator
Transmits a buzzer output signal to acti-
Buzzer output signal
vates the warning buzzer
CAN commu- Transmits signals and outputs LDW buzz-
Sonar control unit Buzzer signal
nication er sound
DAS-15
SYSTEM
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
• Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system provides a lane departure warning function when the vehicle is
driven at speeds of approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) or more.
• When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, a warning will sound and
LDW system display on the combination meter will blink to alert the driver.
• The warning does not occur during turn signal operation (Lane change side).
• The warning function will stop when the vehicle returns inside of the lane markers.
EXAMPLE
JPOIA0014GB
When the vehicle approaches the right lane marker, the driver is alerted by the buzzer and the blinking of LDW
system display.
OPERATION DESCRIPTION
• When the system is turned ON by operating the warning systems switch, front camera unit turns ON the
LDW ON indicator.
• Front camera unit monitors the traveling lane.
• When judging from a camera image signal that the vehicle is approaching the lane marker, front camera unit
controls the following item to alert the driver.
- Activates warning buzzer in the combination meter or transmits warning buzzer signal to sonar control unit.
- Front camera unit transmits a meter display signal to combination meter via CAN communication and turns
ON/OFF the LDW warning.
Operating Condition
• LDW ON indicator: ON
• Vehicle speed: approximately 60 km/h (37 MHP) or more
• Turn indicator signal: After 2 seconds or more from turned OFF
NOTE:
• When the LDW system setting on the combination meter is ON.
• After the operating conditions of warning are satisfied, the warning continues until the vehicle speed reaches
approximately 55 km/h (34 MHP).
• The LDW system may not function properly, depending on the situation. Refer to DAS-31, "Precautions for
Lane Departure Warning".
Fail-safe Indication
LDW ON indi-
Vehicle condition/ Driver's operation Indication on the combination meter
cator
When DTC is detected
ON
(Except “C1B03”)
Camera aiming is not completed
(“C1B01” is detected) The message of LDW malfunction
NOTE: ON
This is detected while driving the vehicle and the indication
remains ON until the ignition switch is turned OFF
Temporary disabled status at high temperature
OFF The message of Camera High Temp
(“C1B3” is detected)
DAS-16
SYSTEM
BSW
A
BSW : System Description INFOID:0000000010416789
SYSTEM DIAGRAM B
I
JMOIA0065GB
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM J

Control unit receives signals via CAN communication. It also detects vehicle conditions that are necessary for
BSW control.
Input Signal Item K

Receives an operational state of the turn signal lamp L
Turn indicator signal
BCM CAN communication and the hazard lamp.
Back door switch signal Receives a state of the back door switch.
Receives a selection state of each item in “Driver assis- M
Combination meter CAN communication System selection signal
tance” selected with the combination meter.
Receives the number of revolutions, turning direction of
Steering angle sensor CAN communication Steering angle sensor signal
the steering wheel. N
ECM CAN communication Engine status signal Receives the engine status.
ABS actuator and elec-
CAN communication Wheel speed signal Receives wheel speed.
tric unit (control unit) DAS
Rear view camera Communication line Camera image signal Receives the camera image signal.
Output Signal Item

P
DAS-17
SYSTEM

Transmits a meter display signal to turn
BSW warning signal
Meter dis- ON the BSW warning.
play signal Transmits a meter display signal to turn
Combination meter CAN communication BSW ON indictor signal
ON the BSW ON indictor.
Transmits a buzzer output signal to acti-
Buzzer output signal
vates the warning buzzer.
Transmits a rear view camera washer mo-
Rear view camera washer signal tor signal to activate the rear view camera
Rear view camera washer motor.
Communication line
washer control unit
Transmits a rear view camera air blow sig-
Rear view camera air blow signal
nal to activate the air pump
Warning system ON in- Turns ON the warning system ON indica-
Warning systems ON indicator signal
dicator tor.
Warning buzzer Warning buzzer operation signal Activates the warning buzzer.
BSW indicator LH, RH Indicator operation signal Turns ON the BSW indicator LH, RH.
• The BSW system can help alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes.
• The BSW system uses rear view camera near the rear bumper to detect vehicles in an adjacent lane.
• The rear view camera can detect vehicles on either side of vehicle within the detection zone shown as illus-
trated.
• This detection zone starts from the back of the vehicle and extends approximately 3.0 m (10.0 ft) behind the
rear bumper, and approximately 3.0 m (10.0 ft) sideways.
• The BSW system operates above approximately 32 km/h (20 MPH).
• If the rear view camera detects vehicles in the detection zone, the blind spot warning indicator illuminates.
JSOIA0257GB
• If the driver then activates the turn signal, a buzzer will sound twice and the blind spot warning indicator will
blink.
NOTE:
DAS-18
SYSTEM
A buzzer sounds if the rear view camera has already detected vehicles when the driver activates the turn
signal. If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal, then only the blind A
spot warning indicator blinks and no buzzer sounds.
JSOIA0258GB
F
• Control unit enables BSW system.
• The control unit turns on the BSW system when the warning systems switch is turned ON. G
• Rear view camera detects a vehicle in the adjacent lane, and transmits the vehicle detection signal to control
unit.
• Control unit starts the control as follows, based on a vehicle detection signal and turn signal transmitted from
H
BCM via CAN communication:
- Buzzer signal transmission to warning buzzer.
• Around view monitor transmits a blind spot warning indicator signal LH or RH to the blind spot warning indi-
cator LH or RH. I
Operation Condition of BSW System
control unit performs the control when the following conditions are satisfied:
• When the warning system switch is turned ON*. J
• When the vehicle drives at 32 km/h (20 MPH) or more in the forward direction.
NOTE:
*: When the BSW system setting on the vehicle information display screen is ON. K
• After the operating conditions of warning are satisfied, the warning continues until the vehicle speed is
reduced below approximately 29 km/h (18 MPH).
• The BSW system may not function properly, depending on the situation.
L
BULB CHECK ACTION AND FAIL-SAFE INDICATION
Vehicle condition/Driver′s operation BSW indicator BSW ON indicator Indication on the combination meter M
OFF → Orange
N
When DTC is detected. OFF ON
DAS
ALOIA0172GB
Temporary disabled status. OFF ON BSW light (white) will blink

When rear view camera needs clean-
P
OFF ON Unavailable: Clean Rear Camera
ing.
When the warning system switch is
pressed.
(When the settings of BSW system on OFF Blink —
the combination meter information
screen are “OFF”).
DAS-19
SYSTEM
*: Blinking cycle when there is a rear view camera blockage condition or lane camera unit high temperature
condition
JSOIA0358GB
NOTE:
Time shown in the figure is approximate.
FAIL-SAFE INDICATION
Vehicle condition/Driver′s operation BSW indicator BSW ON indicator Indication on the combination meter
When DTC is detected OFF ON
JSOIA1423ZZ
When vehicles cannot be detected due JSOIA1425ZZ

OFF ON
to dirt on the rear view camera
JSOIA0738ZZ
Blinks at intervals of two seconds.
When the washer fluid level is low

OFF ON
(Low washer warning ON)
JSOIA1425ZZ
DAS-20
SYSTEM
Vehicle condition/Driver′s operation BSW indicator BSW ON indicator Indication on the combination meter
A
Blinks at intervals of two seconds.
When the back door is open B

OFF ON
(Back door open warning ON)
C
JSOIA1425ZZ
D
Blinks when the setting of BSW are
“OFF” and the warning systems switch OFF OFF
is pressed
E
JSOIA0780ZZ
REAR VIEW CAMERA WASHER OPERATION F

• When judging that the rear view camera has water droplets, the around view monitor control unit transmits a
rear view camera washer activation signal or rear view camera air blow signal to the pump control unit via
serial communication. G
• When receiving a rear view camera washer activation signal, the pump control unit simultaneously activates
the washer pump to clean the rear view camera by spraying washer fluid from the nozzle installed to the rear
view camera bracket.
• When receiving a rear view camera air blow signal, the pump control unit activates the air pump to clean the H
rear view camera by blowing air from the nozzle installed to the rear view camera bracket.
OPERATION CONDITION
• Approximately 32km/h (20 MPH) or more I
• When the around view monitor control unit judges that the rear view camera has water droplets.
• When the low washer fluid warning is OFF.
NOTE: J
The camera is cleaned intermittently by spraying washer fluid and blowing air. When the around view monitor
control unit judges that dirt on the camera cannot be removed even after approximately 5 minutes from the
first detection of dirt, the activation of BSW is canceled.
K
MOD
DAS
DAS-21
SYSTEM
MOD : System Description INFOID:0000000010416790
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMOIA0027GB

Input Signal Item

ECM CAN communication Engine speed signal Receives engine status
Back door open status signal Receives back door open status
BCM CAN communication Light status signal Receives light status
Turn signal Receives turn signal status
ABS actuator
and electric unit CAN communication Wheel speed signal Receives wheel speed
(control unit)
TCM CAN communication Shift selector position signal Receives shift selector position
Combination Moving Object Detection ON/ Receives the ON/OFF status for Moving Object Detection
CAN communication
meter OFF signal function
Receives the Rear View Camera image from camera for
Rear view cam-
Communication line Video signal Moving Object Detection function in around view monitor
era
control unit
Output Signal Item

Warning system
Warning buzzer signal Activates the warning buzzer
buzzer
Transmits a visual signal request from the around view
NAVI control
CAN communication Visual signal request monitor control unit to display Rear View while the shift
unit display
selector is in R (reverse).
DAS-22
SYSTEM
• The Moving Object Detection (MOD) system can help alert the
driver of approaching vehicles or rear objects when the driver is A
backing out of a parking space.
• The MOD system comprises of the rear view camera as the main
detection system, which is located on the trunk as illustrated.
B
• The MOD system operates at speeds below 8 km/h (5 MPH)
whenever the vehicle is in R (reverse).
ALOIA0162ZZ
D
• The MOD system uses the rear view camera to detect approach-
ing moving objects from either side.
E
G
ALOIA0163ZZ
• The MOD system can detect moving objects on either side as H

close as rear obstacles of up to approximately 3.0 m (10.0 ft).
K
ALOIA0164ZZ
OPERATION DESCRIPTION L
• Around view monitor control unit enables Moving Object Detection system.
• Combination meter turns Moving Object Detection ON indicator lamp ON/OFF according to the signals from
around view monitor control unit via CAN communication. M
• Around view monitor control unit starts the control as follows, based on a vehicle detection signal.
Operation Condition of Moving Object Detection System
Around view monitor control unit performs the control when the following conditions are satisfied: N
• Moving Object Detection ON indicator: ON
• When the vehicle is moving in R (reverse) at 8 km/h (5 MPH) or less.
NOTE:
DAS
• When the Moving Object Detection system setting on the Vehicle Information Display is ON.
• Moving Object Detection braking will not operate or will stop operating and only a warning chime will sound
under the following conditions:
- When driving with a tire that is not within normal tire conditions (pressure, wear, chain, spare, etc.) P
- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake parts or suspension parts.
• Do not use the MOD system when towing a trailer.
• Excessive noise such as the audio system will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.
TSR
DAS-23
SYSTEM
TSR : System Description INFOID:0000000010502948
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMOIA0068GB

Input Signal Item

ABS actuator CAN com-
and electric unit munica- Vehicle speed signal (ABS) Receives the wheel speed of the four wheels
(control unit) tion
CAN com-
Combination Receives the selection status of each item in “Driving
munica- System selection signal
meter Assistance selected using the combination meter
tion
CAN com-
Steering angle Receives the number of revolutions, turning direction of
munica- Steering angle sensor signal
sensor the steering wheel
tion
CAN com-
NAVI control
munica- Speed limit information signal Receives speed limit information in navigation data
unit
tion
Output Signal Item

Transmits a signal and displays the status on the ve-
Combination CAN commu- Meter display hicle information display
Speed limit sign signal
meter nication signal
Transmits the buzzer drive signal and sounds buzzer
Displays the road conditions as identified by the front camera unit on the information display, and alerts the
driver. Identifies the following information.
• Speed limit sign
• Traffic sign detection system is controlled by the front camera unit.
Operation Condition
• TSR (Traffic Sign Recognition): ON
DAA
DAS-24
SYSTEM
DAA : System Description INFOID:0000000010502947
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMOIA0069GB F
G
Reception unit
unit
ABS actuator
CAN com- H
and electric unit Vehicle speed signal (ABS) Receives the vehicle speed signal
munication
(control unit)
Around view
CAN com- Receives the operation status of the turn
monitor control BCM Turn indicator signal
unit
munication signal lamps and hazard lamps I
Receives the amount of rotation, rotational
Steering angle CAN com-
Steering angle sensor signal angle, and rotational direction of the steer-
sensor munication
ing wheel J
Around view Meter display Transmits a signal and displays the status
Combination CAN com- System display
monitor control signal on the vehicle information display
meter munication
unit Buzzer signal Operates the buzzer K
• Operates when the vehicle speed is 60 km/h (37 MPH) or higher.
• Detects the steering status and judges the attentiveness of the driver. The driver's attentiveness is shown on L
the vehicle information display in eight stages (level indicator).
• When it is judged from the degree of minor swerving in the steering operation that the vehicle is drifting, the
driver is prompted to exert caution by the drift warning, which displays on the combination meter, and by a M
buzzer sound.
• When the engine is stopped, the system is reset.
• When the level indicator on the drift warning display becomes 1, the system warns the driver with a buzzer
N
sound.
• The DAA (Driver Attention Alert) is controlled by the Around View Monitor control unit. DAS
• ON/OFF of the Driver Attention Alert is performed by using the combination meter.
• The steering angle sensor detects the degree of swerving in the steering operation.
• When the Around View Monitor control unit judges that the steering operation is drifting (when the level indi-
cator in the drift warning display becomes 1), the following control is performed and the driver is warned. P
- Transmits the buzzer output signal to the combination meter and sounds the buzzer.
Operation Condition
• Driver Attention Alert: ON
• Vehicle speed approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) or more
NOTE:
• Drift warning can be set to ON/OFF using the combination meter.
• When the engine is stopped, the system is reset.
DAS-25
SYSTEM
• Drift warning may not operate normally depending on the surrounding conditions, etc.
DAS-26
OPERATION
OPERATION
A
LDW
LDW : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000010416794
B
JMOIA0070GB
E
No. Switch name Description
LDW setting display
1. Turns LDW system ON/OFF F
(Combination meter setting display)
LDW : Menu Displayed by Pressing Each Switch INFOID:0000000010416795
G
INDICATOR LAMP AND WARNING LAMP
J
JMOIA0071GB
No. Display item Description K

1. LDW ON indicator Indicates that the LDW system is ON
LDW display “Lane”
2. Indicates that the LDW system is ON L
(Speaker icon)
DISPLAY AND WARNING

M
DAS
DAS-27
OPERATION
LDW ON indi- Indication on the combination

Vehicle condition/ Driver's operation Action Buzzer
cator meter
White
Less than Ap-

prox. 55 km/h
Close to lane marker No action ON OFF
(34 MPH)
JSOIA1422ZZ
OFF (orange) Blink
Warning
Short con-
• Buzzer sounds
Close to lane marker ON tinuous
• Warning lamp
beeps
blinks (orange)
Approx. 60
km/h (37 JSOIA1367ZZ
MPH) or more White
• Close to lane marker

• Turn signal ON (Deviate No action ON OFF
side)
JSOIA1422ZZ
NOTE:
After the operating conditions of warning are satisfied, the warning continues until the vehicle speed reaches
approximately 55 km/h (34 MPH). Refer to DAS-15, "LDW : System Description".
BSW
BSW : Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000010416792
JMOIA0072GB
No. Switch name Description

BSW setting display
1. Turns BSW system ON/OFF
(Combination meter setting display)
DAS-28
OPERATION
BSW : System Display and Warning INFOID:0000000010416793
A
INDICATOR AND WARNING LAMP
D
JMOIA0073GB
No. Display item Description E

1. BSW ON indicator Indicates that the BSW system is ON
BSW display “Blind spot”
2. Indicates that the BSW system is ON F
(Speaker icon)
• Illuminates when detect other vehicles beside vehicle in an adjacent lane
3. BSW indicator
• Blinks when BSW system is warning to driver
G
DISPLAY AND WARNING OPERATION
Vehicle condition/ Driver's operation Action H

Status of ve-
Vehicle speed hicle detec-
BSW ON Turn signal
(Approx.) tion within Indication on the BSW indicator Buzzer
indicator condition I
[km/h (MPH)] detection
area
OFF — — — OFF OFF
J
Less than ap-
prox.
— — OFF OFF
29km/h
(18MPH) K
Vehicle is
— OFF OFF
absent
Vehicle is L
OFF ON OFF
detected
Blink Short continuous beep
Before turn
M
signal oper-
ON ates
Approx.
Vehicle is N
32 km/h (20
detected
MPH)
ON
or more
(vehicle de- JSOIA0251GB JSOIA0252GB
tected direc- Blink DAS

tion)
Vehicle is
detected af-
OFF P
ter turn sig-
nal operates
JSOIA0251GB
NOTE:
• If vehicle speed exceeds approximately 32 km/h (20 MPH), BSW function operates until the vehicle speed becomes lower than
approximately 29 km/h (18 MPH).
DAS-29
OPERATION
• Time shown in the figure is approximate.
• Whenever BSW system is turned off, the BSW ON indicator remains OFF.
MOD
MOD : System Display and Warning INFOID:0000000010416796
INDICATOR AND WARNING LAMP

The MOD system can be turned ON or OFF for the current ignition cycle using the warning system switch.
When toggled between ON and OFF, the indicator will appear on the right side of the rear view camera screen.
No. Name Description

• Turns ON while MOD system is ON.
• Under the following conditions, the MOD indicator (blue) will blink.
MOD indicator (blue)
- When the VDC system (except TCS function) or ABS operates.
- When the VDC system is turned off.
1.
• Turns ON when MOD system is malfunctioning.
• Blinks under the following conditions:
MOD warning lamp (orange)
- When the component temperature reaches high level.
- When rear view camera blockage is detected.
DISPLAY AND WARNING OPERATION
Vehicle condition/Driver's operation

Moving Ob- Status of vehi-
Vehicle speed
ject Detec- cle detection Indication on the
(Approx.) Buzzer
tion ON within detec- Moving Object Detection indicator
[km/h (MPH)]
indicator tion area
OFF — — OFF OFF
Less than ap-
prox. Vehicle is
ON ON
8 km/h (5 detected
MPH)
Vehicle is ab-
Blue ON OFF
sent
Approx.
Vehicle is
8 km/h (5 ON OFF
detected
MPH) or more
Vehicle is not
ON OFF
detected
DAS-30
HANDLING PRECAUTION
HANDLING PRECAUTION
A
Precautions for Lane Departure Warning INFOID:0000000010416800
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) B

• If the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically, and the LDW malfunction message will appear
in the vehicle information display.
• LDW system is only a warning device to inform the driver of a potential unintended lane departure. It will not C
steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the
vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
• LDW system will not operate at speeds below approximately 60 km/h (37 MPH) or if it cannot detect lane
markers. D
• Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.
• LDW system may not function properly under the following conditions:
- On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers; lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly; E
yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers; or lane markers covered with water, dirt or snow,
etc.
- On roads where the discontinued lane markers are still detectable.
- On roads where there are sharp curves. F
- On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or
lines remaining after road repairs. (The LDW system could detect these items as lane markers.)
- On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates. G
- When the vehicle's traveling direction does not align with the lane marker.
- When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or
under a bridge.)
H
Precautions for Blind Spot Warning INFOID:0000000010416801
BLIND SPOT WARNING I

• The Blind Spot Warning system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and are not designed to
prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and
turn and look in the direction driver will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on the J
Blind Spot Warning system.
• The Blind Spot Warning system may not provide the warning or the control for vehicles that pass through the
detection zone quickly.
• Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime K
sound, and it may not be heard.
Precautions for Traffic Sign Recognition INFOID:0000000010508335
L
HANDLING OF FRONT CAMERA UNIT
Refer to DAS-31, "Precautions for Lane Departure Warning".
M
TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION
CAUTION:
• There are limitations to the Traffic Sign Recognition. Be careful to observe traffic signs, etc. and N
drive safely.
• Detection may not be possible depending on the vehicle status, driving conditions, traffic environ-
ment, weather conditions, and the condition of the sign.
• Under conditions such as the following, detection of Traffic Sign Recognition is delayed and detec- DAS
tion may not be possible.
- A portion of the sign is hidden and obscured by a tree, dirt, etc.
- The shape of the sign is changed due to the sign being bent, etc. P
- The vehicle is traveling at a fast speed.
• Depending on certain conditions, it may not be possible to hear the warning sound due to outside
noises.
Precautions for Drive Attention Alert INFOID:0000000010508336
DRIVE ATTENTION ALERT

CAUTION:
DAS-31
HANDLING PRECAUTION
This is not a system to assist driving while tired. Driving while tired may lead to a serious accident. Be
sure to have sufficient rest before driving, and drive safely.
DAS-32
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)
A
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000010416802
CONSULT FUNCTIONS B
CONSULT performs the following functions via communication with the around view monitor control unit.
Direct Diagnostic Mode Description C

ECU Identification The around view monitor control unit part number is displayed.
Self Diagnostic Result The around view monitor control unit self diagnostic results are displayed.
Data Monitor The around view monitor control unit input/output data is displayed in real time. D
Work support The settings for around view monitor control unit functions can be changed.
• The vehicle specification can be read and saved.
Configuration E
• The vehicle specification can be written when replacing around view monitor control unit.
CAN Diag Support Mntr The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication is displayed.
ECU IDENTIFICATION F
The part number of around view monitor control unit is displayed.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Refer to DAS-49, "DTC Index". G
DATA MONITOR
NOTE: H
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
Monitor Item Description I

ST ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates condition of steering angle sensor signal.
REVERSE SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates selector lever position.
J
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL [mph/km/h] Indicates condition of vehicle speed signal.
ILL [On/Off] Indicates status of dimmer signal.
CAMERA SWITCH SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates condition of camera switch signal. K
CAMERA OFF SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates condition of camera OFF signal.
ST ANGLE SENSOR TYPE [Absolute] Indicates steering angle sensor type.
L
STEERING GEAR RATIO TYPE [Type O] Indicates steering gear ratio type.
STEERING POSITION [LHD/RHD] Indicates LH or RH drive type.
REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL [OK/ M
Indicates condition of camera image signal.
NG]
WASH SW [On/Off] Indicates state of wash switch indicator output.
R-CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK/NG] Indicates status of rear camera communication. N
R-CAMERA COMM LINE [OK/NG] Indicates condition of rear camera communication line.
F-CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL [OK/NG] Indicates condition of camera image signal.
DAS
F-CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK/NG] Indicates status of front camera communication.
F-CAMERA COMM LINE [OK/NG] Indicates condition of front camera communication line.
DR-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG [OK/NG] Indicates condition of driver side camera image signal. P
DR CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK/NG] Indicates status of driver side camera communication.
DR-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE [OK/
Indicates condition of driver side camera communication line.
NG]
PA-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG [OK/NG] Indicates condition of passenger side camera image signal.
PA CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK/NG] Indicates status of passenger side camera communication.
PA-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE [OK/NG] Indicates condition of passenger side camera communication line.
DAS-33
Monitor Item Description
TURN SIGNAL [Left/N/Right] Indicates status of turn signal output.
ITS SW 1 [On/Off] Indicates state of warning system switch.
ITS SW 1 IND [On/Off] Indicates state of warning system switch indicator output.
Indicates state of warning system switch.
ITS SW 2 [On/Off/No setting] NOTE:
For this vehicle, “No setting” is displayed.
Indicates state of warning system switch indicator output.
ITS SW 2 IND [On/Off] NOTE:
For this vehicle, “Off” is displayed.
PUMP COMM STATUS [OK/NG] Indicates state of communication signal from pump control unit.
ITS OFF SW [On/Off] Indicates state of ITS off switch.
Indicates state of vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control
VEHICLE SPEED [km/h]
unit).
IDLE STOP STATUS [On/Off] Indicates state of stop/start system.
Indicates state of trailer hitch.
TRAILER HITCH SW [On/Off] NOTE:
STEERING ANGLE [deg] The steering angle is displayed.
ACTIVE TEST
Test item Description

LED RH INDICATOR This test is able to check RH LED indicator operation [LED Off/LED On].
LED LH INDICATOR This test is able to check LH LED indicator operation [LED Off/LED On].
WASH ACTIVE This test is able to check rear camera wash operation [WASH Off/WASH On].
AIR ACTIVE This test is able to check rear camera air operation [AIR Off/AIR On].
AIR & WASH ACTIVE This test is able to check rear camera air and wash operation [Off/On].
SONAR BUZZER CONTROL This test is able to check sonar buzzer operation [Off/On].
WORK SUPPORT
Support Item Setting Description

REAR CAMERA ITS — Displays and sets camera image calibration values.
CAUSE OF LDW CANCEL — Displays the information about reason of LDW cancellation.
CAUSE OF BSW CANCEL — Displays the information about reason of BSW cancellation.
STATUS
CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE AXIS X

Performs calibration of front camera.
(FRONT CAMERA) AXIS Y
ROTATE
STATUS

Performs calibration of passenger side camera.
(PASS-SIDE CAMERA) AXIS Y
ROTATE
STATUS

Performs calibration of driver side camera.
(DR-SIDE CAMERA) AXIS Y
ROTATE
DAS-34
A
STATUS

Performs calibration of rear camera.
(REAR CAMERA) AXIS Y B
ROTATE
STATUS
SELECT C
Confirmation and adjustment of difference between each camera can
FINE TUNING OF BIRDS-EYE VIEW AXIS X
be performed.
AXIS Y
D
ROTATE
STATUS
REAR WIDE-VIEW FIXED GUIDE AXIS X E

Adjusts position of fixed guide line on rear wide view
LINE CORRECTION AXIS Y
Pattern
F
STATUS
FRONT WIDE-VIEW FIXED GUIDE AXIS X

Adjusts position of fixed guide line on front wide view
LINE CORRECTION AXIS Y G
Pattern
ON
NON-VIEWABLE AREA REMINDER ON/OFF setting of non-viewable area can be performed. H
OFF
PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE ON

ON/OFF setting of predictive course line display can be performed.
DISPLAY OFF I
INITIALIZE CAMERA IMAGE
— Factory image calibration restoration can be performed.
CALIBRATION
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
— Steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment can be performed.
J
ADJUSTMENT
Display Items for The Cause of LDW/BSW Cancel

K
Cause of cancellation Description
REAR CAMERA DIRTY Rear camera lens is dirty.
L
TRUNK OPEN Trunk lid is open.
TRAILER HITCH ON Towing (by attaching a trailer).
R CAMERA COMM ERR Communication error between around view monitor control unit and rear camera. M
LOW WASH FLUID Washer fluid level is low.
LO TMP(AIR WIPING) Ambient temperature drops to -20 °C (-4 °F) or less.
LO TMP(WSH WIPING) Ambient temperature drops to -20 °C (-4 °F) or less.
N
NO RECORD —
Display Items for The Cause of IPA Cancel DAS

STRG SEN CIRCUIT A malfunction is detected in the steering angle sensor. P
VDC CIRCUIT VDC detects a malfunction.
VHCL SPD UNMATCH Malfunction is detected in vehicle speed signal.
SHIFT POSITION A shift position other than the established one is detected.
DAS-35
SONAR CIRCUIT Malfunction status in sonar control unit.
CAN COMM ERROR CAN communication signal required by Around View Monitor control unit cannot be received.
BCM CIRCUIT BCM detects a malfunction.
EPS CIRCUIT EPS control unit detects a malfunction.
CVT CIRCUIT TCM detects a malfunction.
ECM CIRCUIT ECM detects a malfunction.
DOOR OPEN Door is opened.
VDC OFF VDC OFF switch is pressed.
CONFIGURATION
Refer to AV-179, "CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Description".
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
Refer to LAN-21, "CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor".
DAS-36
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (DISTANCE SENSOR)
A
CONSULT Function (LASER/RADAR) INFOID:0000000010416803
APPLICATION ITEMS B
CONSULT performs the following functions via CAN communication with Distance sensor.
Diagnosis mode Description C

Self Diagnostic Result Displays malfunctioning system memorized in Distance sensor.
Data Monitor Displays real-time input/output data of Distance sensor.
Active Test Distance sensor activates outputs to components. D
It can monitor the adjustment direction indication in order to perform the radar alignment operation
Work Support
smoothly.
E
ECU Identification Displays Distance sensor part number.
CAN Diag Support Monitor Monitor the reception status of CAN communication viewed from Distance sensor.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT F

Refer to DAS-53, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR
G
NOTE:
H
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
VHCL SPEED SE Vehicle speed signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN com- I
[km/h] munication.
YAW RATE Yaw rate signal received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communi-
[deg/s] cation. J
PWR SUP MONI
Indicates IGN voltage input by Distance sensor.
[V]
DISTANCE
Indicates the distance from the vehicle ahead.
K
[m]
RELATIVE SPD
Indicates the relative speed of the vehicle ahead.
[m/s] L
RADAR OFFSET NOTE:
[m] The item is indicated, but not used.
RADAR HEIGHT NOTE: M
[m] The item is indicated, but not used.
STEERING ANGLE
The steering angle is displayed.
[deg]
N
STRG ANGLE SPEED
The steering angle speed is displayed.
[deg/s]
L/R ADJUST DAS
Indicates a horizontal correction value of the radar.
[deg]
U/D ADJUST
Indicates a vertical correction value of the radar.
[deg]
P
FCW SYSTEM ON NOTE:
[On/Off] The item is indicated, but not used.
FCW SELECT NOTE:
PFCW SYSTEM ON NOTE:
DAS-37
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
PFCW SELECT NOTE:
FEB SW
Indicates [On/Off] status of FEB system
[On/Off]
FEB SELECT
Indicates an ON/OFF state of the FEB system.
[On/Off]
BRAKE SW Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from brake pedal position switch signal (BCM transmits
[On/Off] brake pedal position switch signal through CAN communication)
IDLE SW Indicates [On/Off] status of idle switch read from distance sensor through CAN communication
[On/Off] (ECM transmits On/Off status through CAN communication)
THRTL SENSOR NOTE:
VEHICLE AHEAD DETECT
Indicates [On/Off] status of vehicle ahead detection indicator output
[On/Off]
STATIC OBSTACLE DETECT
Indicates [On/Off] status of static obstacle detection
[On/Off]
BUZZER O/P
Indicates [On/Off] status of warning chime output
[On/Off]
FUNC ITEM (FCW) NOTE:
[Without FCW/With FCW] The item is indicated, but not used.
FUNC ITEM (PFCW) NOTE:
[Without P-FCW/With- PFCW] The item is indicated, but not used.
FUNC ITEM (FEB)
Indicates systems which can be set to ON/OFF by selecting FEB.
[Without FCA/With FCA]
FUNC ITEM (ICC) NOTE:
[Without ICC/With ICC] The item is indicated, but not used.
PRESS ORDER Indicates status as judged from brake fluid pressure signal [ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
[bar] trol unit) transmits brake fluid pressure signal through CAN communication].
WORK SUPPORT
Work support items Description

Outputs millimeter waves, calculates dislocation of the millimeter waves, and indicates adjust-
MILLIWAVE RADAR ADJUST
ment direction.
FEB OPERATION MILEAGE The mileage information for FEB operation is displayed.
Distance sensor alignment

Refer to DAS-90, "Description".
ACTIVE TEST

BRAKE ACTUATOR Activates the brake by an arbitrary operation
ICC BUZZER This test is able to check FEB warning chime operation [On/Off] in the combination meter.
This test is able to check FEB warning indicator operation [On/Off] in the combination meter
METER LAMP
information display.
DAS-38
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (FRONT CAMERA UNIT)
A
CONSULT Function (LANE CAMERA) INFOID:0000000010499203
APPLICATION ITEMS B
CONSULT performs the following functions by communicating with the front camera unit.
Diagnosis mode Description C

Work Support Performs the camera aiming.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the name of a malfunctioning system stored in the front camera unit
D
Data Monitor Displays front camera unit input/output data in real time
ECU Identification Displays front camera unit part number
CAN Diag Support Monitor Displays a reception/transmission state of CAN communication E
WORK SUPPORT
Work support items Description F

AUTO AIM Outputs camera unit, calculates dislocation of the camera, and displays adjustment direction.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT G

FREEZE FRAME DATA (FFD)
Front camera unit records the following vehicle condition at the time a particular DTC is detected, and displays H
on CONSULT.
CONSULT screen item I

Description
(Indication/Unit)
ODO/TRIP METER
Vehicle speed of the moment a particular DTC is detected.
(km/h) J
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable K
Monitored item L
Description
(Unit)
CAMRA HIGH TEMP
Displays status of front camera unit high temperature judgment.
(Normal/High) M
TURN SIGNAL
Displays status of “Turn signal” received from BCM via CAN communication.
(Off/LH/ RH/LH&RH)
WIPER SIGNAL N
Displays status of “Wiper signal” received from BCM via CAN communication.
(OFF/LO/HI)
VEHICLE SPEED Displays vehicle speed received from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN com-
(km/h) munication.
DAS
DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM SET
(NO REQ/FCW Off/FCW On/LDW
Displays Driver Assist System setting status.
Off/LDW On/BSW Off/BSW On/
TSR Off/TSR On/FEB Off/FEB On) P
BRAKE OPERATION STATUS
Displays the brake operating status.
(Off/On/CNFRM/UNKWN)
AIMING DOME
Displays status that camera aiming is done.
(not finished/finished)
AIMING RESULT
Displays result of camera aiming.
(NOK/OK)
DAS-39
Monitored item
Description
(Unit)
STEERING ANGLE
Displays the steering angle from the steering angle sensor.
(deg)
YAW RATE
Displays the yaw rate.
(deg/s)
FCTRY AIM YAW
Displays the yaw angle result of camera aiming.
(deg)
FCTRY AIM ROL
Displays the roll angle result of camera aiming.
(deg)
FCTRY AIM PIT
Displays the pitch angle result of camera aiming.
(deg)
FEB OPERATION DISP
Displays the control operation of Forward Emergency Braking.
(0, 1, 2, 3)
BSW LEFT DISP
Displays Blind Spot Warning indicator LH status.
(0, 1)
BSW RIGHT DISP
Displays Blind Spot Warning indicator RH status.
(0, 1)
FCW STATUS DISPLAY NOTE:
(0, 1, 2, 3) The item is indicated, but not monitored.
BSW STATUS DISPLAY
Displays status Blind Spot Warning system.
(0, 1, 2, 3)
FEB STATUS DISPLAY
Displays status Forward Emergency Blake system.
(0, 1, 2, 3)
FCW BUZZER NOTE:
(0, 2, 4, 6, 7) The item is indicated, but not monitored.
FCW SETTING DISPLAY NOTE:
BSW SETTING DISPLAY
Displays Blind Spot Warning setting status.
(0, 1, 2, 3)
MOD SETTING DISPLAY
Displays Moving Object Detection setting status.
(0, 1, 2, 3)
FEB SETTING DISPLAY
Displays Forward Emergency Braking setting status.
(0, 1, 2, 3)
DAA SETTING DISPLAY
Displays Driver Attention Assist setting status.
(0, 1, 2, 3)
BSW IND BRIGHT DISP NOTE:
CLN RR CAMERA MSG
Displays the rear clean camera warning status.
(0, 1)
FCW MALFUNCTION MSG NOTE:
(0, 1) The item is indicated, but not monitored.
DAA LEVEL DISPLAY
Displays Driver Attention Assist level status.
(0, 4, 8, 12, 15)
DAA WARNING DISPLAY
Displays Driver Attention Assist warning indicator status.
(0, 1)
LDW MALFUNCTION MSG
Displays Lane Departure Warning malfunction status.
(0, 1)
BSW MALFUNCTION MSG
Displays Blind Spot Warning malfunction status.
(0, 1)
CAMERA HI TEMP MSG
Displays status of front camera unit high temperature warning display output.
(0, 1)
FCW BLOCK MSG NOTE:
(0, 1) The item is indicated, but not monitored.
DAS-40
Monitored item
Description
(Unit) A
FEB BLOCK MSG
Displays Forward Emergency Braking radar blockage status.
(0, 1)
FEB MALFUNCTION MSG B
Displays Forward Emergency Braking malfunction status.
(0, 1)
LDW FUNCTION
Displays Lane Departure Warning function status.
(NORMAL/MALFUNCTION) C
LDW SETTING DISPLAY
Displays Lane Departure Warning setting status.
(NTHNG/Off/On)
DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM BZZR D
Displays Driver Assist System warning buzzer status.
(NO REQ/BSW/LDW/MOD)
LDW LEFT
Displays the deviating status on the LH side lane.
(Off/On) E
LDW RIGHT
Displays the deviating status on the RH side lane.
(Off/On)
LDW STATUS DISPLAY F
Displays status Lane Departure Warning system.
(OFF/ON/TMP MF/ MF)
HBA FUNCTION
Displays High Beam Assist system function status.
(##/MALF/NORMAL/TP OFF)
G
HBA REQUEST
Displays High Beam Assist request status.
(NO REQ/LOW/HIGH/UNMBL)
LOW BEAM STATUS H
Displays low beam status of the vehicle.
(Off/On)
HIGH BEAM STATUS
Displays high beam status of the vehicle.
(Off/On)
I
TSR STATUS
Displays setting of the Traffic Sign Recognition.
(Nothing/StatusOFF/StatusON/)
TSR FUNCTION J
Displays Traffic Sign Recognition function status.
(NORMAL/MALFUNCTION)
TSR SPEED LIMIT SIGN 1
Displays Traffic Sign Recognition 1 status.
(km/h,mph)
K
TSR SPEED LIMIT SIGN 2
Displays Traffic Sign Recognition 2 status.
(km/h,mph)
TSR SUPPLEMENT SIGN 1
L
(Display OFF/RAIN1/RAIN2/
Displays the supplement traffic sign 1.
SNOW/TOWING/AROW L/AROW
R/WHITE/TRUCK)
TSR SUPPLEMENT SIGN 2 M
R/WHITE/TRUCK)
N
TSR SUPPLEMENT SIGN 3
R/WHITE/TRUCK) DAS
DAS-41
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

Reference Value INFOID:0000000010416804
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status

Around view monitor control unit is not receiving steering angle
Off
sensor signal.
ST ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL
Around view monitor control unit is receiving steering angle sen-
On
sor signal.
When selector lever is in any position other than R (reverse). Off
REVERSE SIGNAL
When selector lever in R (reverse). On
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL While driving, equivalent to speedometer reading mph, km/h
Illumination is ON On
ILL
Illumination is OFF Off
CAMERA switch OFF. Off
CAMERA SWITCH SIGNAL
CAMERA switch ON. On
CAMERA switch ON. Off
CAMERA OFF SIGNAL
CAMERA switch OFF. On
ST ANGLE SENSOR TYPE Steering angle sensor type. Absolute
STEERING GEAR RATIO TYPE Steering gear ratio type. Type O
Left hand drive vehicle. LHD
STEERING POSITION
Right hand drive vehicle. RHD
Rear camera inoperative. NG
REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
Rear camera operative. OK
Wash switch signal is pressed On
WASH SW
Wash switch signal is not pressed Off
Rear camera serial status is OK OK
R-CAMERA COMM STATUS
Rear camera serial status is not OK NG
Rear camera serial communication signal is received OK
R-CAMERA COMM LINE
Rear camera serial communication signal is not received NG
Front camera inoperative. NG
F-CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
Front camera operative. OK
Front camera serial status is OK OK
F-CAMERA COMM STATUS
Front camera serial status is not OK NG
Front camera serial communication signal is received OK
F-CAMERA COMM LINE
Front camera serial communication signal is not received NG
Driver side camera inoperative. NG
DR-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG
Driver side camera operative. OK
Driver side camera serial status is OK OK
DR CAMERA COMM STATUS
Driver side camera serial status is not OK NG
Driver side camera serial communication signal is received OK
DR-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE
Driver side camera serial communication signal is not received NG
Passenger side camera inoperative. NG
PA-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG
Passenger side camera operative. OK
DAS-42
A
Passenger side camera serial status is OK OK
PA CAMERA COMM STATUS
Passenger side camera serial status is not OK NG
Passenger side camera serial communication signal is received OK B
PA-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE Passenger side camera serial communication signal is not re-
NG
ceived
Turn signal left is received Left C
TURN SIGNAL Turn signal neutral is received N
Turn signal right is received Right
D
ITS switch is pressed On
ITS SW 1
ITS switch is not pressed Off
Indicator of ITS switch is lighting On E
ITS SW 1 IND
Indicator of ITS switch is not lighting Off
ITS SW 2 For this vehicle, the displaying is fixed No SET
ITS SW 2 IND For this vehicle, the displaying is fixed Off F
Pump communication signal is received On
PUMP COMM STATUS
Pump communication signal is not received Off
G
Vehicle stopped 0 km/h
VEHICLE SPEED Almost same reading as
Driving
speedometer H
Stop/start system operates On
IDLE STOP STATUS
Stop/start system not operates Off
TRAILER HITCH SW For this vehicle, the displaying is fixed Off I
The steering wheel is not steered Approx. 0 deg
STEERING ANGLE Displays steering angle
The steering wheel is steered J
(deg)
TERMINAL LAYOUT
K
AWNIA3349ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES N
With Pump Control Unit

DAS
Terminal
Description Condition
(Wire color) Reference value
Input/ Ignition (Approx.)
+ – Signal name Operation P
Output switch
1
Ground Ground — ON — 0V
(B)
2
Ground Battery power supply Input OFF — Battery voltage
(Y)
3
Ground Ignition signal Input ON — Battery voltage
(SB)
DAS-43
Terminal
+ – Signal name Operation
Output switch
LDW/BSW detected (while
12 V
7 driving)
Ground BSW LED signal L Output —
(R) LDW/BSW is not detected
0V
(while driving)
12 V
8 driving)
Ground BSW LED signal R Output —
(P) LDW/BSW is not detected
0V
(while driving)
27 Input/
— CAN (H) — — —
(L) Output
28 Input/
— CAN (L) — — —
(R) Output
36 Washer signal AVM to
Ground Output ON Washer pump operated 5V
(BR) pump
37
Ground Pump signal ground Input ON — 0V
(V)
38 Washer signal pump to
Ground Input ON Washer pump operated 5V
(GR) AVM
47 When camera image dis-

Ground Camera image signal Output ON
(G) play
SKIB2251J
48 Camera image signal

— — — — —
(Shield) shield
49 Input/
— Rear camera serial signal — — —
(LG) Output
CAMERA selected
50 or
Ground Rear camera power supply Output ON 6.0 V
(R) Shift selector in R (reverse)
position.
52
Ground Rear camera ground — ON — 0V
(B)
CAMERA selected
53 54 or
Rear camera image signal Input ON
(W) (Shield) Shift selector in R (reverse)
position.
JSNIA0834GB
CAMERA selected
56 Side camera (driver side) or
Ground Output ON 6.0 V
(L) power supply Shift selector in R (reverse)
position.
58 Side camera (driver side)
Ground — ON — 0V
(Y) ground
DAS-44
Terminal
(Wire color) Reference value A
Output switch
B
CAMERA selected
59 60 Side camera (driver side) or C
Input ON
(G) (Shield) image signal Shift selector in R (reverse)
position.
JSNIA0834GB D
CAMERA selected
62 Side camera (passenger or
(B) side) power supply Shift selector in R (reverse) E
position.
64 Side camera (passenger
(L) side) ground
F
CAMERA selected
G
65 66 Side camera (passenger or
Input ON
(Y) (Shield) side) image signal Shift selector in R (reverse)
position.
H
JSNIA0834GB
CAMERA selected
68 or I
Ground Front camera power supply Output ON 6.0 V
(L) Shift selector in R (reverse)
position.
70
(V)
Ground Front camera ground — ON — 0V J
CAMERA selected
K
71 72 or
Front camera image signal Input ON
(LG) (Shield) Shift selector in R (reverse)
position. L
JSNIA0834GB
M
Without Pump Control Unit
Terminal
(Wire color)
Description Condition N
Reference value
Output switch
DAS
1
(B)
2
Ground Battery power supply Input OFF — Battery voltage P
(Y)
4
(SB)
10 Input/
— CAN (L) — — —
(R) Output
12 Input/
— CAN (H) — — —
(L) Output
DAS-45
Terminal
Output switch
— — — — —
(Shield) shield

(G) play
SKIB2251J
25
(B)
CAMERA selected
26 or
position.
CAMERA selected
28 27 or
position.
JSNIA0834GB

(Y) ground
CAMERA selected
position.
CAMERA selected
32 31 Side camera (driver side) or
Input ON
position.
JSNIA0834GB

(L) side) ground
CAMERA selected
(B) side) power supply Shift selector in R (reverse)
position.
CAMERA selected
Input ON
position.
JSNIA0834GB
37
Ground Front camera ground — ON — 0V
(V)
DAS-46
Terminal
Output switch
CAMERA selected B
38 or
position.
C
CAMERA selected
40 39 or
D
position.
E
JSNIA0834GB
Fail-safe (Around View Monitor Control Unit) INFOID:0000000010504464

F
If a malfunction occurs in the Around View Monitor control unit, display control unit performs fail-safe activation
according to the detected malfunction.
G
Detection item fail-safe DTC
CONTROL UNIT (CAN) The Around View Monitor system does not operate U1010
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Stops Around View Monitor with park assist C1A01 H
VHCL SPEED SE CIRC • Stops BSW (Blind Spot Warning) C1A03
• Stops the MOD (Moving Object Detection) function
ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC • Stops Around View Monitor with park assist C1A04
I
• Stops BSW (Blind Spot Warning)
VDC P-RUN DIAGNOSIS • Stops the MOD (Moving Object Detection) function U0122
• Stops Around View Monitor with park assist
J
VDC CHECKSUM • Stops the MOD (Moving Object Detection) function U0416
K
ECM CIRCUIT Stops Around View Monitor with park assist C1A14
STRG SEN CIR • Stops the MOD (Moving Object Detection) function C1A39
• Stops Around View Monitor with park assist L
ST ANGLE SEN CALIB • Predicted course lines are not displayed U1232
ST ANGLE SENSOR CALIBRATION • Stops BSW (Blind Spot Warning) U0428 M
• Predicted course lines are not displayed
Steering angle • Stops the MOD (Moving Object Detection) function N
sensor • Stops BSW (Blind Spot Warning)
ABS actuator
and electric unit DAS
CAM COMM CIR- (control unit) • Stops the MOD (Moving Object Detection) function U1000
CUIT • Stops BSW (Blind Spot Warning)
TCM
• Stops Around View Monitor with park assist P
BCM
ECM
EPS control unit Stops Around View Monitor with park assist
NAVI control unit Camera screen not displayed
DAS-47
REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL U111A
SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL U111B
Camera image is not displayed (gray screen display)
FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL U111C
LSIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNA U111D
CAMERA POWER VOLT Camera power output is stopped U1302
• Unmatched icon display (red) is displayed

CAMERA IMAGE CALIB (Applicable for unmatched camera only) U1304
R-CAMERA(R&L) CALIB JDGMNT • Stops BSW (Blind Spot Warning) U1308
RR CAMERA COMM ERROR • Stops the MOD (Moving Object Detection) function U130B
• Operation is according to the vehicle setting value set as the default
CONFIG UNFINISH value U1305
PUMP INPUT CURRENT JUDGE U1309
U130A
PUMP ECU JUDGE • Stops the MOD (Moving Object Detection) function
U1310
LED POWER SUPPLY VOLT Stops Around View Monitor with park assist U1303
When communications between the
Around View Monitor control unit and
On the corresponding camera screen, display (blue) is displayed —
each camera image line are affected by
electromagnetic noise
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000010504465
If multiple DTCs are detected simultaneously, check them one by one depending on the following DTC inspec-
tion priority chart.
Priority Detection items (DTC)

1 U1305:CONFIG UNFINISH
• U1000:CAN COMM CIRCUIT
2
• U1010:CONTROL UNIT(CAN)
3 U130B:RR CAMERA COMM ERROR
4 U1308:REAR CAMERA(R&L) CALIB JDGMNT
• C1A01:POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
• C1A04:ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC
• C1A14:ECM CIRCUIT
• C1A39:STRG SEN CIR
• U0122:VDC P-RUN DIAGNOSIS
• U0416:VDC CHECKSUM
• U0428:ST ANGLE SENSOR CALIBRATION
• U111A:REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
5 • U111B:SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL
• U111C:FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
• U111D:SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL
• U1232:ST ANGLE SEN CALIB
• U1302:CAMERA POWER VOLT
• U1303:LED POWER SUPPLY VOLT
• U1304:CAMERA IMAGE CALIB
• U1309:PUMP INPUT CURRENT JUDGE
• U130A, U1310:PUMP ECU JUDGE
6 • C1A03:VHCL SPEED SE CIRC
DAS-48
DTC Index INFOID:0000000010416805
CONSULT Display Reference Page

DAS-166, "AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : B
C1A01: POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
DTC Logic"
DAS-168, "AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT :
C1A03: VHCL SPEED SE CIRC
DTC Logic" C
C1A04: ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC
DTC Logic"
DAS-173, "AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : D
C1A14: ECM CIRCUIT
DTC Logic"
C1A39: STRG SEN CIR
DTC Logic" E
U0122: VDC P-RUN DIAGNOSIS
DTC Logic"
DAS-122, "AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : F
U0416: VDC CHECKSUM
DTC Logic"
U0428: ST ANGLE SENSOR CALIBRATION
DTC Logic"
G
U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Logic"
DAS-128, "AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : H
U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
DTC Logic"
U111A: REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL DAS-129, "DTC Logic"
U111B: SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL DAS-132, "DTC Logic" I
U111C: FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL DAS-137, "DTC Logic"
U111D: SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL DAS-140, "DTC Logic"
U1232: ST ANGLE SEN CALIB DAS-145, "DTC Logic"
J
U1302: CAMERA POWER VOLT DAS-146, "DTC Logic"

U1303: LED POWER SUPPLY VOLT DAS-155, "DTC Logic"
K
U1304: CAMERA IMAGE CALIB DAS-157, "DTC Logic"
U1305: CONFIG UNFINISH DAS-157, "DTC Logic"
U1308: REAR CAMERA (R&L) CALIB JDGMNT DAS-158, "DTC Logic" L
U1309 PUMP INPUT CURRENT JUDGE DAS-159, "DTC Logic"
U130A, U1310: PUMP ECU JUDGE DAS-161, "DTC Logic"
M
U130B: RR CAMERA COMM ERROR DAS-162, "DTC Logic"
DAS
DAS-49
DISTANCE SENSOR
DISTANCE SENSOR

NOTE:
Monitor item Condition Value/Status

Value of vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE While driving speed signal
(wheel speed)
Vehicle stopped 0.0
YAW RATE While driving Vehicle turning right Positive value
Vehicle turning left Negative value
Power supply volt-
PWR SUP MONI Ignition switch ON age value of Dis-
tance sensor
Displays the dis-
Drive the vehicle and ac- When a vehicle ahead is detected tance from the pre-
DISTANCE tivate the vehicle-to-vehi- ceding vehicle
cle distance control mode
When a vehicle ahead is not detected 0.0
Drive the vehicle and ac- Displays the rela-

When a vehicle ahead is detected
RELATIVE SPD tivate the vehicle-to-vehi- tive speed
cle distance control mode When a vehicle ahead is not detected 0.0
NOTE:
LASER OFFSET —
The item is indicated, but not used
NOTE:
LASER HEIGHT —
When setting the steering wheel in straight-ahead po-
0.0
sition
STEERING ANGLE Ignition switch ON
When turning the steering wheel 90° rightward +90
When turning the steering wheel 90° leftward -90
Steering wheel
STRG ANGLE
Ignition switch ON At the time of turning the steering wheel turning speed is
SPEED
displayed
Horizontal correc-
L/R ADJUST Ignition switch ON At the completion of radar alignment adjustment tion value is dis-
played
Vertical correction
U/D ADJUST Ignition switch ON At the completion of radar alignment adjustment
value is displayed
NOTE:
FCW SYSTEM ON Off
NOTE:
FCW SELECT Off
NOTE:
PFCW SYSTEM ON Off
NOTE:
PFCW SELECT Off
FEB system ON On
FEB SW Engine running
FEB system OFF Off
DAS-50
DISTANCE SENSOR
A
FEB system set with the integral switch is ON On
FEB SELECT Ignition switch ON
FEB system set with the integral switch is OFF Off
When brake pedal is depressed On B
BRAKE SW Ignition switch ON
When brake pedal is not depressed Off
Idling On
IDLE SW Engine running
Except idling (depress accelerator pedal) Off C
NOTE:
THRTL SENSOR Off
D
When a vehicle ahead is detected (vehicle ahead de-
On
VEHICLE AHEAD tection indicator ON)
Drive the vehicle
DETECT When a vehicle ahead is not detected (vehicle ahead
Off E
detection indicator OFF)
STATIC OBSTACLE When a vehicle static obstacle is detected On

Drive the vehicle
DETECT When a vehicle static obstacle is not detected Off
F
When the buzzer of the following system operates
On
• FEB system
BUZZER O/P Engine running
When the buzzer of the following system not operates
Off G
• FEB system
NOTE:
FUNC ITEM (FCW) Off
H
NOTE:
FUNC ITEM (PFCW) Off
FEB system set with the integral switch ON On
FUNC ITEM (FEB) Engine running I
FEB system set with the integral switch OFF Off
NOTE:
FUNC ITEM (ICC) Off
J
When brake pedal is depressed Approx. 0 bar
PRESS ORDER
When brake pedal is not depressed 0 – 255 bar
K
TERMINAL LAYOUT
N
JSOIA0570ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES DAS
DAS-51
DISTANCE SENSOR
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Reference val-
Condition Standard value
Input/ ue
+ – Signal name
Output
1
Ground — Ignition switch ON 0 - 0.1 V Approx. 0 V
(B)
2
CAN communication-H — — — —
(BG)
3
CAN communication-L — — — —
(R)
Ground
5
CAN communication (ITS)-H — — — —
(L)
6
CAN communication (ITS)-L — — — —
(W)
8
Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON 10 - 16 V Battery voltage
(P)
Fail-safe (Distance Sensor) INFOID:0000000010416807
If a malfunction occurs in the distance sensor, around view monitor control unit cancels control, sounds a
beep, and turns ON the FEB system warning in the information display.
Priority Detected items (DTC)

• U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT
1
• U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
• C10B7: YAW RATE SENSOR
• C1A01: POWER SUPPLY CIR
• C1A02: POWER SUPPLY CIR 2
• C1A03: VHCL SPEED SE CIRC
• C1A04: ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC
• C1A05: BRAKE SW/STOP L SW
• C1A12: LASER BEAM OFF CNTR
• C1A14: ECM CIRCUIT
• C1A15: GEAR POSITION
• C1A16: RADAR STAIN
• C1A17: ICC SENSOR MALF
• C1A18: LASER AIMING INCMP
2
• C1A21: UNIT HIGH TEMP
• C1A24: NP RANGE
• C1A26: ECD MODE MALF
• C1A39: STRG SEN CIR
• C1B5D: FEB OPE COUNT LIMIT
• U0121: VDC CAN CIR 2
• U0126: STRG SEN CAN CIR 1
• U0401: ECM CAN CIR 1
• U0415: VDC CAN CIR 1
• U1527: CCM CAN CIR 1
• U153F: CCM CAN CIR 2
DAS-52
DISTANCE SENSOR
DTC
CONSULT display Reference
CONSULT B
C10B7 YAW RATE SENSOR DAS-165
C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIR DAS-166
C
C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIR 2 DAS-166
C1A03 VHCL SPEED SE CIRC DAS-168
C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC DAS-169 D
C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP L SW DAS-170
C1A07 CVT CIRCUIT DAS-171
E
C1A12 LASER BEAM OFF CNTR DAS-172
C1A14 ECM CIRCUIT DAS-173
C1A15 GEAR POSITION DAS-175 F
C1A16 RADAR STAIN DAS-176
C1A17 ICC SENSOR MALF DAS-177
C1A18 LASER AIMING INCMP DAS-178 G
C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP DAS-179
C1A24 NP RANGE DAS-180
H
C1A26 ECD MODE MALF DAS-181
C1A39 STRG SEN CIR DAS-182
C1B5D FEB OPE COUNT LIMIT DAS-187 I
U0121 VDC CAN CIR 2 DAS-114
U0126 STRG SEN CAN CIR 1 DAS-116
J
U0401 ECM CAN CIR 1 DAS-120
U0415 VDC CAN CIR 1 DAS-121
U0428 STRG SEN CAN CIR 2 DAS-123 K
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT DAS-126
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) DAS-128
L
U1527 CCM CAN CIR 1 DAS-163
U153F CCM CAN CIR 2 DAS-164
DAS
DAS-53
PUMP CONTROL UNIT
PUMP CONTROL UNIT
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSOIA0648ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
DAS-54
PUMP CONTROL UNIT
Terminal
Description
Condition Standard value
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition Air pump operated 9.5 - 16 V Battery voltage B
1 Air pump power sup-
Output switch
(SB) ply Air pump not operated 0 - 0.1 V 0V
ON
Ignition C
2
Air pump ground — switch — 0 - 0.1 V 0V
(L)
ON
3 D
Washer pump ground — — 0 - 0.1 V 0V
(L)
Ignition Washer pump operated 0 - 0.1 V 0V
4 Washer pump power
Output switch
(LG) supply Washer pump not operated 9.5 - 16 V Battery voltage E
ON
Ignition
5
Ground — switch — 0 - 0.1 V 0V
(B)
ON F
Ignition
6 Communication line
— switch — 0 - 0.1 V 0V
(V) ground
ON G
Input the waveform synchronized with
Ground the communication status.
H
Ignition
7 Communication line
Output switch —
(BG) (PUMP → CAMERA)
ON
I
PKIB5039J
Input the waveform synchronized with J

the communication status.
Ignition
8 Communication line K
Input switch —
(BR) (CAMERA → PUMP)
ON
L
PKIB5039J
Ignition
12
Ignition power supply Input switch — 9.5 - 16 V Battery voltage
(P) M
ON
DAS
DAS-55
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
VALUE ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

When the temperature around lane camera unit is adequate Normal
CAMERA HIGH TEMP
when the temperate around the lane camera unit is high High
Turn signal lamp LH and RH blinking LH&RH
Turn signal lamp LH blinking LH
TURN SIGNAL
Turn signal lamp RH blinking RH
Turn signal lamps OFF Off
Wiper position is High HI
WIPER SIGNAL Wiper position is Low LO
Wiper position is OFF OFF
VEHICLE SPEED While drive km/h
When no operation in setting display on combination meter NO REQ
When FCW Off is selected in setting display on combination meter FCW Off
When FCW On is selected in setting display on combination meter FCW On
When LDW Off is selected in setting display on combination meter LDW Off
When LDW On is selected in setting display on combination meter LDW On
DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM SET When BSW Off is selected in setting display on combination meter BSW Off
When BSW On is selected in setting display on combination meter BSW On
When TSR Off is selected in setting display on combination meter TSR Off
When TSR On is selected in setting display on combination meter TSR On
When FEB Off is selected in setting display on combination meter FEB Off
When FEB On is selected in setting display on combination meter FEB On
When brake pedal is depressed Off
When brake pedal is pressed On
BRAKE OPERATION STATUS
When brake pedal is pressed CFNRM
When brake pedal operation is not judged UNKWN
Camera aiming is completed finished
AIMING DONE
Camera aiming is not adjusted not finished
Camera aiming is completed OK
AIMING RESULT
Camera aiming is not completed NOK
STEERING ANGLE When driving straight 0 ± 3.0 deg
YAW RATE Vehicle stopped 0 ± 3.0 deg/s
FCTRY AIM YAW Camera aiming is completed 0 ± 3.0 deg
FCTRY AIM ROL Camera aiming is completed 0 ± 3.0 deg
FCTRY AIM PIT Camera aiming is completed 0 ± 3.0 deg
No display 0
Forward object is displayed 1
FEB OPERATION DISP
Approach warning is displayed 2
Collision warning is displayed 3
DAS-56
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
A
BSW is not operated for left side 0
BSW LEFT DISP
BSW is operated for left side 1
BSW is not operated for right side 0 B
BSW RIGHT DISP
BSW is operated for right side 1
0
1 C
NOTE:
FCW STATUS DISPLAY
The item is indicated, but not monitored 2
3
D
BSW is OFF 0
BSW is ON 1
BSW STATUS DISPLAY
BSW indicator is flashing 2 E
BSW is malfunctioning 3
FEB is OFF 0
F
FEB is ON 1
FEB STATUS DISPLAY
FEB indicator is flashing 2
FEB is malfunctioning 3 G
NOTE: 0
FCW BUZZER
H
0
NOTE:
FCW SETTING DISPLAY 1
The item is indicated, but not monitored
2 I
Nothing 0
BSW SETTING DISPLAY BSW is OFF 1
BSW is ON 2
J
Nothing 0
MOD SETTING DISPLAY MOD is OFF 1
K
MOD is ON 2
Nothing 0
FEB SETTING DISPLAY FEB is OFF 1 L
FEB is ON 2
Nothing 0
M
DAA SETTING DISPLAY DAA is OFF 1
DAA is ON 2
0 N
NOTE: 1
BSW IND BRIGHT DISP
DAS
3
No display 0
CLN RR CAMERA MSG
Rear camera clean message is displayed 1 P
NOTE: 0
FCW MALFUNCTION MSG
DAS-57
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
No display 0
DAA OFF 1
DAA LEVEL DISPLAY DAA level (1 – 8) 2–9
DAA standby 14
DAA malfunction 15
No warning 0
DAA WARNING DISPLAY
DAA warning 1
No display 0
LDW MALFUNCTION MSG
LDW malfunction message is displayed 1
No display 0
BSW MALFUNCTION MSG
BSW malfunction message is displayed 1
No display 0
CAMERA HI TEMP MSG
Front camera unit high temperature message is displayed 1
NOTE: 0
FCW BLOCK MSG
No display 0
FEB BLOCK MSG
Radar blockage message is displayed for FEB 1
No display 0
FEB MALFUNCTION MSG
FEB malfunction message is displayed 1
When LDW function is ON NORMAL
LDW FUNCTION
When LDW function malfunction is detected MALFUNCTION
Nothing NTHNG
LDW SETTING DISPLAY LDW is OFF Off
LDW is ON On
No request NO REQ
DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM BSW is requested BSW

BZZR LDW is requested LDW
MOD is requested MOD
Left side lane maker is not detected Off
LDW LEFT
Left side lane maker is detected On
Right side lane maker is not detected Off
LDW RIGHT
Right side lane maker is detected On
LDW is OFF OFF
LDW is ON ON
LDW STATUS DISPLAY
LDW indicator is flashing TPM MF
LDW is malfunctioning MF
HBA is malfunctioning MALF
HBA FUNCTION HBA is normal NORMAL
HBA is unavailable TP OFF
No request NO REQ
Low beam is requested LOW
HBA REQUEST
High beam is requested HIGH
HBA is unavailable UNMBL
DAS-58
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
A
Low beam OFF Off
LOW BEAM STATUS
Low beam ON On
High beam OFF Off B
HIGH BEAM STATUS
High beam ON On
Nothing Nothing
TSR STATUS TSR is OFF StatusOFF C
TSR is ON StatusON
TSR is normal NORMAL
TSR FUNCTION D
TSR is malfunctioning MALFUNCTION
km/h
TSR SPEED LIMIT SIGN 1 Speed limit 1 is displayed
mhp E
km/h
TSR SPEED LIMIT SIGN 2 Speed limit 2 is displayed
mhp
No display Display OFF F
Rain1 is displayed RAIN1
Snow is displayed SNOW
G
TSR SUPPLEMENT SIGN 1 Towing is displayed TOWING

Arrow L is displayed AROW L H
Arrow R is displayed AROW R
White box is displayed WHITE
Truck is displayed TRUCK I
No display Display OFF
J
TSR SUPPLEMENT SIGN 2 Towing is displayed TOWING K
Arrow L is displayed AROW L
L
Truck is displayed TRUCK
No display Display OFF M
N
TSR SUPPLEMENT SIGN 3 Towing is displayed TOWING
Arrow L is displayed AROW L DAS
Truck is displayed TRUCK P
DAS-59
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSOIA1370ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Standard val- Reference
Condition
Input/ ue (V) value (V)
+ – Signal name
Output
2
ITS communication - H — — — —
(L)
3
ITS communication - L — — — —
(R)
Ground
6 Battery volt-
Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON 12 – 14
(R) age
7
Ground — — 0 – 0.1 Approx. 0
(B)
Fail-safe (Front Camera Unit) INFOID:0000000010499272
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC

LDW (Lane Departure Warning)
If a malfunction occurs in front camera unit, front camera unit cancels control, and turns ON the LDW malfunc-
tion in information display.
TSR (Traffic Sign Recognition)
If a malfunction occurs in front camera unit, front camera unit cancels control, and turns ON the TSR malfunc-
tion in information display.
FRONT CAMERA UNIT TEMPORARY OPERATION CANCELLATION
• Temporary disabled status at high temperature
- If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions, the system may be deactivated
automatically. And the system malfunction in information display.
- When interior temperature is reduced, the system will resume operation automatically.
• When vehicle front identification is difficult
- When vehicle front identification is difficult due to soiling of windshield glass and strong light shining from the
front, operation may be canceled temporarily. At this time, a warning is displayed on the vehicle information
display in the combination meter.
- Normal operation recovers when conditions improve.
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
DAS-60
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
Priority Detected items (DTC) A

• U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT
1
• U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
• C1B01: CAM AIMING INCMP B
• C1B02: VHCL SPD DATA MALF
• C1B03: ABNRML TEMP DETECT
• C1B09: POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
• C1B0A: POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2 C
• U0122: VDC CAN CIR 1 (LDP)
2
• U0155: METER CAN CIRC 1
• U0235: DIST SEN CAN CIRC 1
D
• U0416: VDC CAN CIR 2 (LDP)
• U0433: DIST SEN CAN CIRC 2 E
3 C1B00: CAMERA UNIT MALF

F
×:Applicable
Display Fail-safe
DTC Refer- G
Lane departure
LDW TSR ence
warning lamp
C1B00 CAMERA UNIT MALF ON × × DAS-183
H
C1B01 CAM AIMING INCMP ON × × DAS-184
C1B02 VHCL SPD DATA MALF ON × × DAS-185
Message I
C1B03 ABNRML TEMP DETECT ↓ × × DAS-186
Blink
C1B09 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1 ON × × DAS-188 J
C1B0A POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2 ON × × DAS-188
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ON × × DAS-126
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ON × × DAS-128 K
U0122 VDC CAN CIR 1 (LDP) ON × × DAS-115
U0126 STRG SEN CAN CIR 1 ON × × DAS-116
L
U0155 METER CAN CIRC 1 ON × × DAS-118
U0235 DIST SEN CAN CIRC 1 ON × × DAS-119
U0416 VDC CAN CIR 2 (LDP) ON × × DAS-122 M
U0428 STRG SEN CAN CIR 2 – – – DAS-123
U0433 DIST SEN CAN CIRC 2 – – – DAS-125
N
DAS
DAS-61
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
WIRING DIAGRAM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000010416811
JROWC2550GB
DAS-62
DAS
JROWC2183GB
DAS-63
JROWC2184GB
DAS-64
DAS
JROWC2185GB
DAS-65
JROWC2198GB
DAS-66
DAS
JROWC2199GB
DAS-67
JROWC2200GB
DAS-68
DAS
JROWC2201GB
DAS-69
JROWC2202GB
DAS-70
DAS
JROWC2203GB
DAS-71
JROWC2204GB
DAS-72
DAS
JROWC2205GB
DAS-73
JROWC2206GB
DAS-74
DAS
JROWC2207GB
DAS-75
JROWC2208GB
DAS-76
DAS
JROWC2209GB
DAS-77
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010416812
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JSOIA0485GB
DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FOR MALFUNCTION

It is also important to clarify the customer concerns before starting the inspection. Interview the customer
about the concerns carefully and understand the symptoms fully.
DAS-78
NOTE:
The customers are not professionals. Never assume that “maybe the customer means” or “maybe the cus- A
tomer mentioned this symptom”.
>> GO TO 2. B
2.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT
1. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT.
C
2. Check if the DTC is detected on the “Self-Diagnostic Results” of following:
- “LASER/RADAR”
- “AVM”
- “LANE CAMERA” D
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3. E
3.ACTION TEST
Perform the following system action test to check the system operation: F
• LDW refer to DAS-107, "LDW : Description".
• BSW refer to DAS-108, "BSW : Description".
• MOD refer to DAS-109, "MOD : Description".
Check if any other malfunctions occur. G
>> GO TO 4.
H
4.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the applicable diagnosis according to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to DAS-195, "Symptom
Table". I
>> GO TO 6.
5.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BY DTC J
1. Check the DTC in the “Self-Diagnostic Results”.

2. Perform trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC following:
- “LASER/RADAR”: Refer to DAS-53, "DTC Index". K
- “AVM”: Refer to DAS-49, "DTC Index".
- “LANE CAMERA”: Refer to DAS-61, "DTC Index".
L
>> GO TO 6.
6.MALFUNCTIONING PART REPAIR M
Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts.
>> GO TO 7. N
7.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT)
1. Erases self-diagnosis results. DAS
2. Perform “All DTC Reading” again after repairing or replacing the specific items.
3. Check if any DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of following:
- “LASER/RADAR”
- “AVM” P
- “LANE CAMERA”
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPAIR CHECK (ACTION TEST)
DAS-79
Perform the following system action test. Check that the malfunction symptom is solved or no other symptoms
occur.
Is there a malfunction symptom?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Inspection End.
DAS-80
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSIS (CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT)
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSIS (CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT)
A
REAR VIEW CAMERA
REAR VIEW CAMERA : Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000010416813
B
1.CHECK REAR VIEW CAMERA LENS
C
Is the rear view camera lens contaminated with foreign materials?
YES >> Clean rear view camera lens.
NO >> GO TO 2.
D
2.CHECK REAR VIEW CAMERA INSTALLATION CONDITION
Check rear view camera installation condition (e.g. position, looseness, bent in liftgate lid).
Is it properly installed? E
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Install rear view camera properly, and perform rear view camera calibration. Refer to DAS-101,
"Description". F
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
FRONT CAMERA UNIT : Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000010828196 G
1.CHECK CAMERA LENS AND WINDSHIELD

H
Are camera lens and windshield contaminated with foreign materials?
YES >> Clean camera lens and windshield.
NO >> GO TO 2. I
2.CHECK FRONT CAMERA UNIT INSTALLATION CONDITION
Check front camera unit installation condition (installation position, properly tightened, a bent bracket). J
Is it properly installed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Install front camera unit properly, and perform camera aiming. Refer to DAS-95, "Description". K
3.CHECK VEHICLE HEIGHT
Check vehicle height. Refer to FSU-24, "Wheelarch Height".
L
Is vehicle height appropriate?
NO >> Repair vehicle to appropriate height.
M
DAS
DAS-81
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSIS (CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE)
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSIS (CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE)
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000010593451
1.CHECK REAR VIEW CAMERA LENS

Is the rear view camera lens contaminated with foreign materials?
YES >> Clean rear view camera lens.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR VIEW CAMERA INSTALLATION CONDITION
Check rear view camera installation condition (e.g. position, looseness, bent in liftgate lid).
Is it properly installed?
NO >> Install rear view camera properly, and perform rear view camera calibration. Refer to DAS-101,
"Description".
DAS-82
REAR VIEW CAMERA WASHER/AIR BLOWER FUNCTION INSPECTION
REAR VIEW CAMERA WASHER/AIR BLOWER FUNCTION INSPECTION
A
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000010416814
1.CHECK REAR VIEW CAMERA WASHER/AIR BLOWER FUNCTION B

1. Start the engine.
2. Select the “Active Test” item “AIR&WASH ACTIVE” of “AVM” with CONSULT.
NOTE: C
Before function check, perform the following items:
• Fill with washer fluid.
• Perform “Active Test” item “WASH ACTIVE” of “AVM” with CONSULT for 4 seconds.
D
3. While operating the test item, check the operation.
Is it properly operated?
Washer fluid ejects 4 - 6 times. (Normal function)>>Inspection End. E
Washer fluid ejects 7 times or more.>>Properly install or replace air tube.
Washer fluid ejects only once>> Properly install or replace air tube.
Washer fluid does not eject>>Properly install washer tube or replace washer tube and check valve.
F
DAS
DAS-83
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AROUND VIEW MONITOR CON-
TROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AROUND VIEW MONITOR
CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000010416833
BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing around view monitor control unit, save or print current vehicle specification with CONSULT
configuration before replacement.
NOTE:
If “Before Replace ECU” cannot be used, use the “After Replace ECU” or “Manual Configuration” after replac-
ing around view monitor control unit.
AFTER REPLACEMENT
CAUTION:
When replacing around view monitor control unit, you must perform “After Replace ECU” with CON-
SULT.
• Complete the procedure of “After Replace ECU” in order.
• If you set incorrect “After Replace ECU”, incidents might occur.
• Configuration is different for each vehicle model. Confirm configuration of each vehicle model.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010416834
1.SAVING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION

CONSULT
Enter “Re/Programming, Configuration” and perform “Before Replace ECU” to save or print current vehicle
specification.
NOTE:
If “Before Replace ECU” cannot be used, use the “After Replace ECU” or “Manual Configuration” after replac-
ing around view monitor control unit.
>> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT
Replace around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 3.
3.WRITING VEHICLE SPECIFICATION
CONSULT
1. Enter "Re/Programming, Configuration".
2. If “Before Replace ECU” operation was performed, automatically an "Operation Log Selection" screen will
be displayed. Select the applicable file from the "Saved Data List" and press “Confirm” to write vehicle
specification. Refer to DAS-111, "Work Procedure".
3. If “Before Replace ECU” operation was not performed, select "After Replace ECU" or "Manual Configura-
tion" to write vehicle specification. Refer to DAS-111, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 4.
4.REAR VIEW CAMERA CALIBRATION
Perform rear view camera calibration. Refer to DAS-101, "Description".
>> GO TO 5.
5.AROUND VIEW MONITOR CALIBRATION
Perform around view monitor calibration. Refer to AV-180, "CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW
MONITOR) : Description".
DAS-84
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING AROUND VIEW MONITOR CON-
TROL UNIT
>> GO TO 6.
6.OPERATION CHECK A
Check that the operation of the around view monitor control unit and camera images (fixed guide lines and
predictive course lines) are normal.
B
>> Work End.

C
DAS
DAS-85
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING DISTANCE SENSOR
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING DISTANCE SENSOR
Always perform the following after removing and installing or replacing the Distance sensor:
• Distance sensor initial vertical alignment
• Distance sensor alignment
• CAUTION:
The system does not operate normally unless the Distance sensor is aligned properly.
1.DISTANCE SENSOR INITIAL VERTICAL ALIGNMENT

Perform the distance sensor initial vertical alignment. Refer to DAS-88, "Description".
>> GO TO 2.
2.DISTANCE SENSOR ALIGNMENT
Perform the distance sensor alignment. Refer to DAS-90, "Description".
>> Work End.
DAS-86
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING FRONT CAMERA UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING FRONT CAMERA UNIT
A
Always adjust the camera aiming after removing and installing or replacing the front camera unit. B
CAUTION:
The system does not operate normally unless the camera aiming adjustment is performed. Always
perform it.
C
1.CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT D

Perform the camera aiming adjustment with CONSULT. Refer to DAS-95, "Description".
>> GO TO 2. E
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform the self-diagnosis of front camera unit with CONSULT. Check if any DTC is detected. F
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Refer to DAS-61, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3. G
3.LDW ACTION TEST
1. Perform the LDW action test. Refer to DAS-107, "LDW : Description".
2. Check that the LDW operates normally. H
>> Work End.

I
DAS
DAS-87
DISTANCE SENSOR INITIAL VERTICAL ALIGNMENT
WARNING:
Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should
contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
OUTLINE OF DISTANCE SENSOR INITIAL ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
• Always perform the Distance sensor initial vertical alignment after removing and installing or replacing the
Distance sensor.
CAUTION:
The system does not operate normally unless the Distance sensor is aligned properly.
1. Required tools, refer to DAS-88, "Required Tools".
2. Preparation, refer to DAS-88, "Preparation".
3. Distance sensor initial vertical alignment, refer to DAS-89, "Distance Sensor Initial Vertical Alignment".
CAUTIONARY POINT FOR DISTANCE SENSOR ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
• For Distance sensor alignment procedure, choose a level location with a few feet of working space in
front and surrounding the vehicle.
• Vehicle must be stationary and unoccupied during the whole alignment procedure.
• Never enter the vehicle during distance sensor alignment.
• For proper system operation and adjustment, all vehicle wheels must be the original factory size.
The Distance sensor requires alignment whenever the Distance sensor is removed and reinstalled and when-
ever front end structural repairs are performed. Distance sensor alignment consists of performing the mechan-
ical vertical alignment (Distance sensor initial vertical alignment) described in the following procedure,
followed by the electronic horizontal alignment (Distance sensor alignment) that is performed using CONSULT
and the appropriate special service tools.
Required Tools INFOID:0000000010416818
The following tool is necessary to perform the Distance sensor initial vertical alignment:
• Carpenters level.
AWOIA0048ZZ
Preparation INFOID:0000000010416819
1.PREPARATION FOR DISTANCE SENSOR INITIAL VERTICAL ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

1. Verify correct vehicle suspension height. Refer to WT-75, "Road Wheel".
2. Repair or replace any damaged body components.
3. Verify proper tire inflation pressures. Refer to WT-75, "Tire Air Pressure".
4. Remove any accumulations of mud, snow or ice from the vehicle underbody.
5. Verify that there is no load in the vehicle (cargo or passenger).
6. Place the vehicle on a known level horizontal surface such as a wheel or frame alignment rack to achieve
satisfactory sensor vertical alignment results.
7. Remove front fascia. Refer to EXT-19, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-88
>> Refer to DAS-89, "Distance Sensor Initial Vertical Alignment". A
Distance Sensor Initial Vertical Alignment INFOID:0000000010416820
NOTE: B
The Distance sensor initial vertical alignment procedure must be performed anytime the Distance sensor is
removed and reinstalled.
1. The Distance sensor (1) is located near the right front head lamp C
behind the front bumper fascia.
AWOIA0049ZZ F
2. Place the carpenters level (2) against the face of the Distance
sensor (1). G
AWOIA0050ZZ
J
3. Turn the Distance sensor adjustment screw (3) to level the sen-
sor.
K
M
AWOIA0051ZZ
4. Insure the Distance sensor electrical connector located on the bottom of the sensor is connected. N
5. Reinstall the front bumper fascia.
6. Perform the Distance sensor alignment procedure. Refer to DAS-90, "Description".
DAS
DAS-89
DISTANCE SENSOR ALIGNMENT
OUTLINE OF RADAR ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

• A 4-wheel vehicle alignment must be performed before proceeding with radar alignment procedure.
• Always perform the radar alignment after removing and installing or replacing the distance sensor.
WARNING:
Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should
contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.
CAUTION:
The system does not operate normally unless the radar alignment is performed. Always perform it.
1. Preparation, refer to DAS-90, "Work Procedure (Preparation)".
2. Set the ICC target board (SST: KV99112700) to the correct position in front of the vehicle. Refer to DAS-
92, "Work Procedure (Setting The ICC Target Board)".
3. Set the radar alignment mode (“MILLIWAVE RADAR ADJUST” on “Work support”) with CONSULT, and
then perform the adjustment according to the display. Refer to DAS-93, "Work Procedure (Radar Align-
ment)".
CAUTIONARY POINT FOR RADAR ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
CAUTION:
• For radar alignment procedure, choose a level location with a few meter of working space in front
and surrounding the vehicle.
• Vehicle must be stationary and unoccupied during the whole alignment procedure.
• Any slight vibration during the alignment procedure can cause the test to fail. If this happens, you
will have to restart the alignment process.
• The ignition switch must be in the ON position.
• The battery voltage must not fall below 12 volts during the whole alignment procedure. Failure to
maintain adequate battery voltage will cause the test to fail. If this happens, you will have to restart
the alignment process.
• The ICC target board must be set in front of the vehicle facing the sensor.
• Adjust the radar alignment with CONSULT. (The radar alignment procedure cannot be adjusted with-
out CONSULT.)
• Never enter the vehicle during radar alignment.
• Never block the area between the radar and the ICC target board at any time during the alignment
process.
• Accurate steering wheel setting is crucial. Once set, do not disturb the steering wheel for the
remainder of the alignment procedure.
• For proper system operation and adjustment, all vehicle wheels must be of the same size.
Work Procedure (Preparation) INFOID:0000000010608814
1.ADVANCE PREPARATION FOR RADAR ALIGNMENT

1. Adjust all tire pressure to the specified value.
2. Empty the vehicle. (Remove any luggage from the passenger compartment, trunk room, etc.)
3. Shift the selector lever to “P” position, and release the parking brake.
4. Fully fill the fuel tank, and then check that the coolant and oils are filled up to correct level.
5. Clean the right front side of the fascia in front of the distance
sensor .
NOTE:
Check the distance sensor surface is clean.
>> GO TO 2.
JMOIA0055ZZ
DAS-90
2.PREPOSITION TARGET BOARD A

Adjust the height of distance sensor center position and height of the ICC target board center position.
D
JMOIA0057ZZ
H : 709.2 mm (27.92 in)

E
>> GO TO 3.
3.RADAR ALIGNMENT OPERATION AREA F
Position the vehicle in a place that is level and where area can be secured.
G
JMOIA0058ZZ
DAS
W : 3000 mm (118.11 in)

L : 2000 mm (78.74 in) P
H : 2000 mm (78.74 in)
NOTE:
is a no object zone.
>> Go to DAS-92, "Work Procedure (Setting The ICC Target Board)".
DAS-91
Work Procedure (Setting The ICC Target Board) INFOID:0000000010608815
DESCRIPTION
Accurate adjustment of the radar alignment requires that the ICC target board be accurately positioned.
CAUTION:
If the radar alignment is adjusted with the ICC target board in the incorrect position, the FEB system
does not function normally.
1.ICC TARGET BOARD HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
Adjust the base of ICC target board to approximately 30 mm from the ground.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PREPARATION OF SETTING ICC TARGET BOARD (1)
PKIB4694E
“A” – “E” (“C” – “F”) : 2032.1 mm (80.00 in)
1. Mark points “A”, “B”, “C” and “D”at the center of the lateral sur-
face of each wheels.
NOTE:
Hang a string with a cone from the fender so as to pass through
the center of wheel, and then mark a point at the center of the
lateral surface of the wheel.
2. Draw line “LH” passing through points “A” and “B” on the left side
of vehicle.
NOTE:
Approximately 2 m (6.56 ft) or more from the front end of vehi-
cle.
PKIB7667E
3. Mark point “E” on the line “LH” at the positions 2032.1 mm
(80.00 in) from point “A”.
4. Draw line “RH” passing through points “C” and “D” on the right side of vehicle in the same way as step 2.
NOTE:
Approximately 2 m (6.56 ft) or more from the front end of vehicle.
5. Mark point “F” on the line “RH” at the positions 2032.1 mm (80.00 in) from point “C”.
6. Draw line “FW” passing through the points “E” and “F” on the front side of vehicle.
7. Mark point “X” at the center of point “E” and “F” on the line “FW”.
CAUTION:
Make sure that “E” to “X” is equal to “F” to “X”.
DAS-92
8. With point “X” as the starting point, mark point “G” on “F” point
side 293.9 mm. A
L1 : 2032.1 mm (80.00 in)

L2 : 293.9 mm (11.57 in) B
>> GO TO 3.
C
JSOIA0824ZZ
3.SETTING ICC TARGET BOARD D
Place the center of ICC target board on point “G” at line “E-F” and install the ICC target board.
CAUTION:
E
For performing the radar alignment correctly, securely install (ICC target board) to be parallel with the
“E-F” line.
F
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THE ICC TARGET BOARD INSTALLATION AREA
Do not place anything other than ICC target board in the space shown in the figure (view from top). G
JSOIA0825ZZ
L
No object zone Distance sensor ICC target board
W. 3000 mm (118.11 in) L. 1000 mm (39.37 in)
M
>> Go to DAS-93, "Work Procedure (Radar Alignment)".
Work Procedure (Radar Alignment) INFOID:0000000010608816 N
DESCRIPTION
The radar alignment is performed automatically with CONSULT. DAS
CAUTION:
Perform all necessary work for radar alignment until the adjustment completes as shown in the proce-
dure. If the procedure does not complete, the FEB system is inoperable.
P
1.PERFORM RADAR ALIGNMENT
2. Connect CONSULT and select “Work support” of “LASER/RADAR”.
3. Select “MILLIWAVE RADAR ADJUST” after the “Work support” screen is displayed.
NOTE:
Confirm the following items;
• The target should be accurately placed.
DAS-93
• The vehicle should be stopped.
4. Select “Start” after the “MILLIWAVE RADAR ADJUST” screen is displayed.
NOTE:
If the adjustment screen does not appear or an error appears within approximately 10 seconds after “MIL-
LIWAVE RADAR ADJUST” is selected, the following causes are possible.
• The ICC target board is not installed in the correct position.
• Adequate space is not secured around the ICC target board.
• The radar alignment procedure exceeds its proper installation range.
- Deformation of vehicle body.
- Deformation of unit.
- Deformation of bracket.
• The area is not suitable for the adjustment work.
• Right front side of fascia (distance sensor view) is not clean.
• The Forward Emergency Braking warning lamp illuminates.
>> GO TO 2.
2.RADAR ALIGNMENT
1. Once the radar alignment procedure is started, you will be prompted by the CONSULT for the next instruc-
tion.
2. Follow all the instructions exactly as requested by the CON-
SULT which will include the following:
- Adjust ICC target board to position 1 (top tilted toward vehicle)
- Adjust ICC target board to position 2 (vertical position)
- Adjust ICC target board to position 3 (top tilted away from vehi-
cle)
ALOIA0121ZZ
3. You will be prompted with specific instructions to perform physi-

cal adjustment to the sensor which may include turning the
screw driver by a specified number of turns counter-clockwise
(A) or clockwise (B) as specified on CONSULT.
CAUTION:
After the position 3 reading and during manual adjustment,
it is OK to stand in front of the side of the fascia (distance
sensor view). Otherwise be careful not to cover the right
front side of the fascia (distance sensor view) with a hand
or any other body part during adjustment.
NOTE:
JMOIA0056ZZ
Reading on the CONSULT is not real-time and will not automati-
cally update while turning the tool.
>> ALIGNMENT END
DAS-94
CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT
A
Always adjust the camera aiming after removing and installing or replacing the lane camera unit. B
CAUTION:
• Place the vehicle on level ground when the camera aiming adjustment is operated.
• Be sure to place the target correctly according to work procedures because the system may not
operate normally. C
• Follow the CONSULT when performing the camera aiming. (Camera aiming adjustment cannot be
operated without CONSULT.)
D
E
Perform self-diagnosis of front camera unit.
Except “C1B01”>>Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the applicable item. Refer to F
DAS-61, "DTC Index" (LANE CAMERA).
“C1B01” or no DTC>>GO TO 2.
2.PREPARATION BEFORE CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT G
1. Perform pre-inspection for diagnosis. Refer to DAS-95, "Work Procedure (Preparation)".
2. Adjust the tire pressure to the specified pressure value.
3. Maintain no-load in vehicle. H
4. Check if coolant and engine oil are filled up to correct level and fuel tank is full.
5. Shift the selector lever to “P” position and release the parking brake. (CVT models)
6. Shift the shift lever to “N” position and release the parking brake.(M/T models)
CAUTION: I
Use wheel chocks to the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving.
7. Clean the windshield.
8. Completely clear off the instrument panel. J
NOTE:
If any fixed object is put on instrument panel, cover the upper of the instrument panel with black cloth to
prevent an object from reflecting in the windshield.
K
>> GO TO 3.
3. PREPARATION OF AIMING ADJUSTMENT JIG L
Prepare the aiming adjustment jig according to the following procedure and the figure.
1. Print out the target mark attached in this service manual. Refer to DAS-99, "Work Procedure (Target Mark
Sample)". M
2. Stick a printed target mark on the board with a scotch tape or a piece of double-sided tape.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to measure dimensions correctly and make adjustment jig because the system may not N
operate normally.
• Use the board that peripheral area of the target is monochrome such as a white-board.
• Notice that the cross of the target is horizontal and vertical.
• Notice that the target board is vertical on the ground. DAS
DAS-95
JSOIA1377ZZ
Board String Cone
Side of a target (Ts) : 101 mm (3.98 in)

Height of a target lower end (Hti) : 1299 mm (51.14 in)
Height of a target center (Ht) : 1400 mm (55.12 in)
Height of a target upper end (Htu) : 1501 mm (59.09 in)
Width between a right target cen- : 956 mm (37.64 in)
ter from a left target center (Dbt)
>> Proceed to DAS-96, "Work Procedure (Target Setting)".

Work Procedure (Target Setting) INFOID:0000000010609510
CAUTION:
• Be sure to place the target correctly according to work procedures because the system may not
operate normally.
• Perform this operation in a horizontal position where there is a clear view for 5 m (16.4 ft) forward
and 3 m (9.84 ft) wide.
• Be sure that there is no difference in brightness when each of the targets is lit by light source.
• Place the target in a well-lighted location. (Poor lighting may make it hard to adjust.)
• The target may not be detected when there is a light source within 1.5 m (4.92 ft) from either side and
within 1 m (3.28 ft) upward/downward from the target.
• Check the location of the sun. (Sunlight should not shine directly on the front of the vehicle.)
• The target may not be detected when there is the same pattern of black and white as the target when
the pattern is within 1 m (3.28 ft) from either side and upward/downward position from the target. (It
is desirable that the vehicle is positioned on the opposite side of a single-color wall.)
1.TARGET SETTING
DAS-96
PKIB4694E F
“A” – “E” (“C” – “F”) : 2800 mm (110.24 in)

G
1. Mark points “A”, “B”, “C” and “D”at the center of the lateral sur-
face of each wheels.
NOTE:
Hang a string with a cone from the fender so as to pass through H
2. Draw line “LH” passing through points “A” and “B” on the left side I
of vehicle.
NOTE:
Approximately 4 m (13.12 ft) or more from the front end of vehi-
J
cle.
JSOIA1043GB
3. Mark point “E” on the line “LH” at the positions 2800 mm (110.24
in) from point “A”.
4. Draw line “RH” passing through points “C” and “D” on the right side of vehicle in the same way as step 2. K
5. Mark point “F” on the line “RH” at the positions 2800 mm (110.24 in) from point “C”.
6. Draw line “FW” passing through the points “E” and “F” on the front side of vehicle.
7. Mark point “X” at the center of point “E” and “F” on the line “FW”. L
CAUTION:
Make sure that “E” to “X” is equal to “F” to “X”.
8. Position the center of the right target and left target to point of “X”.
M
DAS
JMOIA0063GB
>> Proceed to DAS-98, "Work Procedure (Camera Aiming Adjustment)".
DAS-97
Work Procedure (Camera Aiming Adjustment) INFOID:0000000010609511
CAUTION:
Perform the adjustment under unloaded vehicle condition.
1.CHECK VEHICLE HEIGHT
Measure both side of front wheelarch height (Hf). Then calculate
“Dh”.
Dh [mm] = (Hfl + Hfr) ÷ 2 − 763

where,
Hfl: Front left wheelarch height [mm]
Hfr: Front right wheelarch height [mm]
CAUTION:
Be sure to measure wheelarch height correctly.
NOTE: JSOIA1046GB
“Dh” may be calculated as a minus value.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
Operate CONSULT outside the vehicle, and close all the doors. (To retain vehicle attitude appropri-
ately)
1. Select “Work Support” on “LANE CAMERA” with CONSULT.
2. Select “AUTO AIM”.
3. Confirm the following items;
- The target should be accurately placed.
- The vehicle should be stopped.
4. Select “Start” to perform camera aiming.
CAUTION:
• Never select “Start” when the target is not accurately placed.
• Wait 5 seconds or more after selecting “Start”.
5. Input the following parameters, and then select “Start”.
- Htu: 1501 (mm)
- Htl: 1299 (mm)
- Dt: 2800 (mm)
- Ts: 101 (mm)
- Dbt: 956 (mm)
- VP: 2 (RHD models for Europe)/4 (LHD models for Europe)/6 (for Russia)/7 (for Australia)
6. Confirm the displayed item.
Is “Normally Completed” displayed?
YES >> Select “End” to close the aiming adjustment procedure. Then GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.INCOMPLETE CAUSE CONFIRMATION
1. Perform the following services according to the displayed message.
Displayed message Possible cause Service procedure

Temporary malfunction in internal pro-
— Go back to step 1.
cessing of the front camera unit.
00H Routine not acti-
Front camera unit malfunction.
Stop vated
Position the target appropriately again.
• Temporary malfunction in internal Then perform the aiming again.
10H Writing error processing of the front camera unit.
• Front camera unit malfunction.
DAS-98
Displayed message Possible cause Service procedure
A
0 – 16 — • A target is not -yet-placed.
(Front camera unit cannot detect the
target.)
• The position of the targets is not cor- B
rect.
Position the target appropriately again.
Abnormally complet- • The position of the front camera unit
— Then perform the aiming again.
ed. is not correct.
• Inappropriate work environment. C
• Inappropriate vehicle condition.
• Input value is not correct against ac-
tual setting position.
D
NOTE:
Replace camera unit if “00H Routine not activated” or “Writing error is detected.” are repeatedly indicated
during the above two services are performed.
2. Confirm that “Normally completed” is displayed and then select “End” to close the adjustment procedure. E
>> GO TO 4.
F
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis of front camera unit with CONSULT. G
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the applicable item. Refer to DAS-
61, "DTC Index". H
NO >> WORK END
Work Procedure (Target Mark Sample) INFOID:0000000010609512
I
Adjust the scale so that the item is the same size as the following, and print.
• Target length (L): 202 mm
• Target width (W): 303 mm J
CAUTION:
• Never allow a clearance on the black and white boundary.
K
DAS
DAS-99
• Never apply tape to target surface.
JSOIA0633ZZ
DAS-100
CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR)
A
• Always perform the rear camera calibration after removing and installing or replacing the rear camera. B
• Always perform the rear camera calibration after replacing the around view monitor control unit.
CAUTION:
• Place the vehicle on level ground when the calibration is operated.
• Follow the CONSULT when performing the calibration. (Rear camera calibration cannot be operated C
without CONSULT.)
D
Perform self-diagnosis of the camera control unit with CONSULT (AVM). E
Except “U1308”>>Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the applicable item. Refer to
DAS-49, "DTC Index". F
“U1308” or no DTC>>GO TO 2.
2.PREPARATION BEFORE REAR CAMERA CALIBRATION
1. Perform pre-inspection for diagnosis. Refer to DAS-82, "Inspection Procedure". G
2. Adjust the tire pressure to the specified pressure value.
3. Maintain no-load in vehicle.
4. Check if coolant and engine oil are filled up to correct level and fuel tank is full. H
5. Shift the selector lever to “P” position and release the parking brake.
6. Clean the rear camera.
I
>> GO TO 3.
3.PREPARATION OF CALIBRATION TARGET MARK
J
1. Prepare six sheets of white paper and black paper, respectively, with dimensions of 250 mm (9.84 in) ×
250 mm (9.84 in) to create a left target, right target, and center target.
NOTE:
Correct the magnification of print and print the target mark sample in the service manual on the blackpa- K
per. Refer to DAS-105, "Work Procedure (Target Mark Sample)".
2. Tape two sheets of black paper and two sheets of white paper
together to make a target of 500 mm (19.69 in) × 500 mm (19.69 L
in).
W :250 mm (9.84 in)

L :250 mm (9.84 in) M
NOTE:
Use a transparent tape.
N
JSOIA0635ZZ
DAS
3. Create two more targets according to step 2.
DAS-101
JSOIA0630ZZ
W1 :250 mm (9.84 in) W2 :500 mm (19.69 in)

L1 :250 mm (9.84 in) L2 :500 mm (19.69 in)
Left target and right target Center target
>> Refer to DAS-102, "Work Procedure (Target Setting)".

Work Procedure (Target Setting) INFOID:0000000010619790
CAUTION:
• Perform this operation in a horizontal position where there is a clear view for 3 m (9.84 ft) backward
and 4 m (13.12 ft) wide.
• Place the target in a well-lighted location. (Poor lighting may make it hard to adjust.)
• The target may not be detected when it shines by the reflected light of the sun or lighting.
• The target may not be detected when there is the same pattern of black and white as the target when
the pattern is within 0.5 m (1.64 ft) from either side and upward/downward position from the target. (It
is desirable that the target is positioned on the single-color floor.)
1.TARGET SETTING
JSOIA1098GB
DAS-102
Distance between B and E : 1,854 mm (72.99 in) A

Distance between D and F : 1,854 mm (72.99 in)
Distance W1 : 1,450 mm (57.09 in)
B
Distance W2 : 1,450 mm (57.09 in)
Distance L : 1,854 mm (72.99 in)
C
1. Mark points “A”, “B”, “C” and “D” at the center of the lateral sur-
face of each wheel.
NOTE:
Hang a string with a cone from the fender so as to pass through D
2. Draw line “LH” passing through points “A” and “B” on the left side E
of vehicle.
NOTE:
Approximately 2.2 m (7.22 ft) or more at the rear from the rear
axle. F
PKIB7667E
3. Mark point “E” on the line “LH” at the positions 1,854 mm (72.99
in) from point “B”.
4. Draw line “RH” passing through points “C” and “D” on the right side of vehicle in the same way as step 2. G
NOTE:
Approximately 2.2 m (7.22 ft) or more at the rear from the rear axle.
5. Mark point E on the line “RH” at the positions 1,854 mm (72.99 in) from point “D”.
6. Draw line “RW” passing through the points “E” and “F” on the rear of vehicle. H
NOTE:
Approximately 1.8 m (5.91 ft) or more at both left and right sides from vehicle center.
7. Mark point “Ct” at the center of point “E” and “F” on the line “RW”. I
CAUTION:
Make sure that “E” to “Ct” is equal to “F” to “Ct”.
8. Mark point “Lt” and “Rt” on the line “RW” at the positions 1,450 mm (57.09 in) from point “Ct”.
J
9. Position the center of the target mark to point of “Ct”, “Lt” and “Rt”.
CAUTION:
To perform an accurate calibration, check that the black-and-white pattern is as shown in the fig-
ure. The pattern of the center target differs from that of right/left target. K
DAS
P
JSOIA1097GB
W1 : 1,450 mm (57.09 in)

W2 : 1,450 mm (57.09 in)
L : 1,854 mm (72.99 in)
DAS-103
>> Refer to DAS-104, "Work Procedure (Rear Camera Calibration)".
Work Procedure (Rear Camera Calibration) INFOID:0000000010619791
CAUTION:
For accuracy, perform the calibration under the specified vehicle condition (Fuel full, no-load, speci-
fied tire pressure, etc.). Refer to DAS-101, "Work Procedure (Preparation)".
1.CHECK REAR CAMERA HEIGHT
Measure the rear camera height.
JSOIA0634ZZ
H:Rear camera height.
>> GO TO 2.
2.REAR CAMERA CALIBRATION
1. Select “Work Support” on “AVM” with CONSULT.
2. Select “REAR CAMERA ITS” and then touch “Start”.
3. Touch“OK”.
4. Input the rear camera height “H”, and then touch “APPLY”.
5. Confirm that the same value is displayed on the center display.
6. Confirm the following items;
- The target should be accurately placed.
- The vehicle should be stopped.
- The vehicle should be under the specified vehicle condition.
7. Select “Start” to perform camera aiming.
CAUTION:
To properly maintain vehicle attitude, operate CONSULT outside the vehicle with all the doors
closed.
8. Confirm the displayed item.
- “Completed”: Select “Completion”.
- “Not completed”: Perform the following services.
DAS-104
Displayed item Code Possible causes Service procedure A

• Position the target appropriately again. (Center)
Refer to DAS-102, "Work Procedure (Target
• A target is not-yet-placed. (Center)
11 Setting)".
• Target mark reflects the light. (Center) B
• Shut out the light reflecting on target mark.
(Center)
• Position the target appropriately again. (Right)
Refer to DAS-102, "Work Procedure (Target C
• A target is not-yet-placed. (Right)
12 Setting)".
• Target mark reflects the light. (Right)
• Shut out the light reflecting on target mark.
(Right)
D
• Position the target appropriately again. (Left)
• A target is not-yet-placed. (Left) Refer to DAS-102, "Work Procedure (Target
13
• Target mark reflects the light. (Left) Setting)".
• Shut out the light reflecting on target mark. (Left) E
21 A target is dirty. (Center) Clean target mark. (Center)
22 A target is dirty. (Right) Clean target mark. (Right)
F
23 A target is dirty. (Left) Clean target mark. (Left)
Check the error contents
using the screen of naviga- • Set target mark direction as shown in the figure.
tion system. • The position of the target is not correct. (Center)
(Center) Refer to DAS-102, "Work Procedure (Target G
51 • Target mark reflects the light. (Center) Setting)".
• The position of the rear camera is not • Shut out the light reflecting on target mark.
correct. (Center) H
• Install rear camera properly
• Set target mark direction as shown in the figure.
• The position of the target is not correct. (Right)
(Right) Refer to DAS-102, "Work Procedure (Target I
52 • Target mark reflects the light. (Right) Setting)".
• The position of the rear camera is not • Shut out the light reflecting on target mark.
correct. (Right)
J
• Set target mark direction as shown in the figure.
• The position of the target is not correct.
(Left)
(Left) K
Refer to DAS-102, "Work Procedure (Target
53 • Target mark reflects the light. (Left)
Setting)".
• The position of the rear camera is not
• Shut out the light reflecting on target mark. (Left)
correct.
L
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS M
Perform self-diagnosis of around view monitor control unit with CONSULT (AVM).
Is any DTC detected? N
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the applicable item. Refer to DAS-
49, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 4.
DAS
4.ACTION TEST
Test the BSW system operation by action test. Refer to DAS-108, "BSW : Description".
P
>> WORK END
Work Procedure (Target Mark Sample) INFOID:0000000010619792
NOTE:
DAS-105
Change the magnification of print to 250 mm (9.84 in) × 250 mm (9.84 in) and print the target mark sample.
JSOIA0633ZZ
DAS-106
ACTION TEST
ACTION TEST
A
LDW
LDW : Description INFOID:0000000010416827
B
• Perform action test to verify the customer's concern.
• Perform action test and check the system operation after system diagnosis.
WARNING: C
CAUTION:
• Fully understand the following items well before the road test;
D
- System description for LDW: Refer to DAS-15, "LDW : System Description".
- Handling precaution: Refer to DAS-31, "Precautions for Lane Departure Warning".
LDW : Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000010416828
E
WARNING:
F
CAUTION:
- System description for LDW: Refer to DAS-15, "LDW : System Description".
- Handling precaution: Refer to DAS-31, "Precautions for Lane Departure Warning". G
1.CHECK LDW SYSTEM SETTING
1. Start the engine. H
2. Check that the LDW system setting can be enabled/disabled on the vehicle information display.
3. Turn OFF the ignition switch and wait for 30 seconds or more.
4. Check that the previous setting is saved when the engine starts again.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.ACTION TEST FOR LDW J
1. Enable the setting of the LDW system on the vehicle information display.
2. Check the LDW operation according to the following table.
K
cator meter
White L
Less than
Approx. 55
Close to lane marker No action ON OFF M
km/h (34
MPH)
JSOIA1422ZZ
N
DAS
DAS-107
ACTION TEST
cator meter
OFF (orange) Blink
Warning
• Buzzer sounds Short contin-
Close to lane marker ON
• Warning lamp uous beeps
blinks
Approx. 60
km/h (37 JSOIA1367ZZ
MPH) or White
more
• Close to lane marker

• Turn signal ON (Deviate No action ON OFF
side)
JSOIA1422ZZ
NOTE:
After the operating conditions of warning are satisfied, the warning continues until the vehicle speed
reaches approximately 55 km/h (34 MPH). Refer to DAS-15, "LDW : System Description".
>> Inspection End.

BSW
BSW : Description INFOID:0000000010416829
• Perform action test to verify the customer′s concern.

WARNING:
CAUTION:
- System description for BSW: Refer to DAS-17, "BSW : System Description".
- Handling precaution: Refer to DAS-31, "Precautions for Blind Spot Warning".
BSW : Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000010416830
WARNING:
CAUTION:
- System description for BSW: Refer to DAS-17, "BSW : System Description".
- Handling precaution: Refer to DAS-31, "Precautions for Blind Spot Warning".
1.CHECK BSW SYSTEM SETTING
2. Check that the BSW system setting can be enabled/disabled on the vehicle information display.
>> GO TO 2.
2.ACTION TEST FOR BSW
1. Enable the setting of the BSW system on the vehicle information display.
2. Check the BSW operation according to the following table.
DAS-108
ACTION TEST
Vehicle condition/Driver′s operation
Warning Status of vehi- A
Vehicle speed
systems Turn signal cle detection Indication on the combination
(Approx.) Buzzer
ON condition within detec- meter
[km/h (MPH)]
indicator tion area
B
Less than Ap-
prox. 29 km/h — — OFF OFF
(18 MPH)
Vehicle is ab- C
— OFF OFF
sent
Vehicle is de-
OFF ON OFF
tected D
Blink Short continuous beeps
Before turn E
signal oper-
ON ates vehicle is
Approx. 32
detected
km/h (20
F
MPH) or more
ON (vehicle JSOIA0251GB JSOIA0252GB
detected di-
rection) Blink
G
Vehicle is de-
tected after
OFF
turn signal op-
H
erates
JSOIA0251GB
I
NOTE:
After the operating conditions of warning are satisfied, the warning continues until the vehicle speed
reaches approximately 29 km/h (18 MPH). Refer to DAS-17, "BSW : System Description".
J
>> Inspection End.
MOD K
MOD : Description INFOID:0000000010416831
• Perform action test to verify the customer's concern. L

WARNING:
Be careful of traffic conditions and safety around the vehicle when performing road test. M
CAUTION:
- System description for MOD: Refer to DAS-22, "MOD : System Description".
N
MOD : Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000010416832
WARNING: DAS
CAUTION:
- System description for MOD: Refer to DAS-22, "MOD : System Description". P
1.CHECK MOD SYSTEM SETTING
2. Check that the MOD system setting can be enabled/disabled on the vehicle information display.
DAS-109
ACTION TEST
>> GO TO 2.
2.ACTION TEST FOR MOD
1. Enable the setting of the MOD system on the vehicle information display.
2. Turn warning systems switch ON (warning systems ON indicator is ON).
3. Check the MOD operation according to the following table.
Vehicle condition/ Driver's operation Vehicle response

Vehicle speed
Moving Object De- Status of vehicle detection Indication on the Moving Object Detection
(Approx.) Buzzer
tection ON indicator within detection area indicator
[km/h (MPH)]
OFF — — OFF OFF
Less than approx.
Vehicle is detected ON ON
8 km/h (5 MPH)
Blue Vehicle is absent ON OFF
Approx. 8 km/h (5
Vehicle is detected ON OFF
MPH) or more
Vehicle is not detected ON OFF
NOTE:
After the operating conditions of warning are satisfied, the warning continues until the vehicle reaches a
higher speed. Refer to DAS-22, "MOD : System Description".
>> Inspection End.
DAS-110
CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)
A
Vehicle specification needs to be written with CONSULT because it is not written after replacing around view B
monitor control unit.
Configuration has three functions as follows:
Function Description C
• Reads the vehicle configuration of current around view monitor control unit.
"Before Replace ECU"
• Saves the read vehicle configuration.
D
"After Replace ECU" Writes the vehicle configuration with manual selection.
"Select Saved Data List" Writes the vehicle configuration with saved data.
CAUTION: E
• When replacing around view monitor control unit, you must perform “Select Saved Data List” or
"After Replace ECU" with CONSULT.
• Complete the procedure of “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" in order.
• If you set incorrect “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU", incidents might occur. F
• Configuration is different for each vehicle model. Confirm configuration of each vehicle model.
• Never perform “Select Saved Data List” or "After Replace ECU" except for new around view monitor
control unit. G
1.WRITING MODE SELECTION H
CONSULT
Select “Reprogramming, Configuration” of around view monitor control unit.
I
When writing saved data>>GO TO 2.

When writing manually>>GO TO 3. J
2.PERFORM “SAVED DATA LIST”
CONSULT
Automatically “Operation Log Selection” window will display if “Before Replace ECU” was performed. Select K
applicable file from the “Save Data List” and press “Confirm”.
L
>> Work End.
3.PERFORM “AFTER REPLACE ECU” OR “MANUAL CONFIGURATION” M
CONSULT
1. Select “After Replace ECU” or “Manual Configuration”.
2. Identify the correct model and configuration list. Refer to DAS-112, "Configuration List". N
3. Confirm and/or change setting value for each item.
CAUTION:
Thoroughly read and understand the vehicle specification. ECU control may not operate normally
if the setting is not correct. DAS
4. Select “Next”.
CAUTION:
Make sure to select “Next”, confirm each setting value and press “OK” even if the indicated con- P
figuration of brand new around view monitor control unit is same as the desirable configuration. If
not, configuration which is set automatically by selecting vehicle model can not be memorized.
5. When "Completed", select "End".
>> GO TO 4.
4.OPERATION CHECK
DAS-111
Confirm that each function controlled by around view monitor control unit operates normally.
>> Work End.

Configuration List INFOID:0000000010416837
CAUTION:
Thoroughly read and understand the vehicle specification. Incorrect settings may result in abnormal
control of ECU.
SETTING ITEM
NOTE
Items Setting value
HANDLE POSITION RHD ⇔ LHD —
TRANSMISSION A/T ⇔ M/T —
• TYPE 1: 17 inch
TIRE SIZE TYPE 1 ⇔ TYPE 3
• TYPE 3: 19 inch
4WD/2WD 4WD ⇔ 2WD —
• WITH 1: With sonar
SONAR WITH ⇔ WITHOUT
• WITHOUT: Without sonar
• WITH 1: With LDW function
LDW FUNCTION WITH ⇔ WITHOUT
• WITHOUT: Without LDW function
⇔: Items which confirm vehicle specifications
DAS-112
PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT
PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT
A
Adjust the center position of the predictive course line of the rear view monitor if it is shifted. B
1.DRIVING C
Drive the vehicle straight ahead 100 m (328.1 ft) or more at a speed of 30 km/h (18.6 MPH) or more.
D
>> END
DAS
DAS-113
U0121 VDC CAN 2
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
U0121 VDC CAN 2
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010416846
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC U0121 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to DAS-
126, "DISTANCE SENSOR : DTC Logic".
CONSULT Display DTC Detection Condition Possible Cause

Distance sensor receives an error signal from
VDC CAN CIR 2 • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via
[U0121] • Distance sensor.
CAN communication.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LASER/RADAR” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-114, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010416847
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ABS” using CONSULT.
Are any DTCs detected?
YES >> Refer to BRC-53, "DTC Index".
NO >> Replace the distance sensor. Refer to DAS-203, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-114
U0122 VDC P-RUN DIAG
U0122 VDC P-RUN DIAG
A
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010416848
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT Display DTC Detection Condition Possible Cause C

Around view monitor control unit receives incor-
VDC P-RUN DIAGNOSIS • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
rect signal (P-RUN) from ABS actuator and elec-
[U0122] • Around view monitor control unit.
tric unit (control Unit) via CAN communication. D
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT E
1. Turn ignition ON.
2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “AVM” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected? F
YES >> Refer to DAS-115, "AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
G
AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010416849
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT H
YES >> Refer to BRC-53, "DTC Index". I
NO >> Replace the around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installation".
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
J
FRONT CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010765817
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

K
Front camera unit receives incorrect signal (P- L
VDC CAN CIR 1 (LDP) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
RUN) from ABS actuator and electric unit (control
[U0122] • Front camera unit.
unit) via CAN communication.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M

2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA” using CONSULT. N
Is DTC detected?
NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". DAS
FRONT CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010765818
P
NO >> Replace the front camera unit. Refer to DAS-201, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-115
U0126 STRG SEN CAN 1
DISTANCE SENSOR
DISTANCE SENSOR : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010416850
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

STRG SEN CAN CIR 1 Distance sensor receives an error signal from • Steering angle sensor.
[U0126] steering angle sensor via CAN communication. • Distance sensor.

Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-116, "DISTANCE SENSOR : Diagnosis Procedure".
DISTANCE SENSOR : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010416851
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
126, "FRONT CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic".

STRG SEN CAN CIR 1 Front camera unit receives an error signal from • Steering angle sensor.
[U0126] steering angle sensor via CAN communication. • Front camera unit.

2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA” using CONSULT.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-116, "FRONT CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
DAS-116
NO >> Replace the front camera unit. Refer to DAS-201, "Removal and Installation". A
DAS
DAS-117
U0155 METER CAN 1
U0155 METER CAN 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

METER CAN CIRC 1 Front camera unit receives an error signal from • Combination meter
[U0155] combination meter via CAN communication. • Front camera unit

Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK COMBINATION METAER SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “METER/M&A” using CONSULT.
YES >> Refer to MWI-39, "DTC Index".
DAS-118
U0235 DIST SEN CAN CIRC 1
A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

NOTE:
126, "FRONT CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic". C

If front camera unit detects an error signal that is D
DIST SEN CAN CIRC 1 • Distance sensor
received from distance sensor via CAN commu-
[U0235] • Front camera unit
nication
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA” using CONSULT. F
Is DTC detected?
NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". G
H
1.CHECK DISTANCE SENSOR SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LASER/RADAR” using CONSULT.
Are any DTCs detected? I
YES >> Refer to DAS-53, "DTC Index".
J
DAS
DAS-119
U0401 ECM CAN 1
U0401 ECM CAN 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

ECM CAN CIR 1 Distance sensor receives an error signal from • ECM.
[U0401] ECM via CAN communication. • Distance sensor.

Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK ECM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
YES >> Refer to ECH-71, "DTC Index" (HRA2DDT), ECM-93, "DTC Index" (MR20DD), ECK-97, "DTC
Index" (K9K) or EC9-108, "DTC Index" (R9M).
DAS-120
U0415 VDC CAN 1
U0415 VDC CAN 1
A

NOTE:
126, "DISTANCE SENSOR : DTC Logic". C

Distance sensor receives an error signal from D
VDC CAN CIR 1 • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
[U0415] • Distance sensor.
CAN communication.

2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LASER/RADAR” using CONSULT. F
Is DTC detected?
H
J
DAS
DAS-121
U0416 VDC CHECKSUM DIAG
U0416 VDC CHECKSUM DIAG
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

VDC CHECKSUM • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
rect signal (P-RUN) from ABS actuator and elec-
[U0416] • Around view monitor control unit.
tric unit (control unit) via CAN communication.

Is DTC detected?
NO >> Replace the around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installation".
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Front camera unit receives incorrect signal (P-
VDC CAN CIR 2 (LDP) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
RUN) from ABS actuator and electric unit (control
[U0416] • Front camera unit.
unit) via CAN communication.

Is DTC detected?
DAS-122
U0428 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
A
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT Display DTC Detection Condition Possible Cause C

ST ANGLE SENSOR CALI-
Predictive course line center position adjustment Adjust predictive course line center position ad-
BRATION
of steering angle sensor is incomplete. justment of steering angle sensor.
[U0428] D
1.ADJUST PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SEN- E
SOR
When U0428 is detected, the predictive course line center position of steering angle sensor needs to be F
adjusted.
>> Adjust the predictive course line center position of steering angle sensor. Refer to AV-180, "PRE- G
DICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Work Procedure".
DISTANCE SENSOR
H
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE: I
J
If distance sensor detects an error signal that is
STRG SEN CAN CIR 2 • Steering angle sensor
received from steering angle sensor via CAN K
[U0428] • Distance sensor
communication.

L
2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LASER/RADAR” using CONSULT. M
Is DTC detected?
NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". N
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT DAS
P
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DAS-123
NOTE:

If front camera unit detects an error signal that is
STRG SEN CAN CIR 2 • Steering angle sensor
received from steering angle sensor via CAN
communication.

Is DTC detected?
DAS-124
A

NOTE:

If front camera unit detects an error signal that is D
DIST SEN CAN CIRC 2 • Distance sensor
received from distance sensor via CAN commu-
nication

2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA” using CONSULT. F
Is DTC detected?
H
J
DAS
DAS-125
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Around view monitor control unit is not transmit-
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
ting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 CAN communication system.
[U1000]
seconds or more.

1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 2 seconds or more.
2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” for “AVM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to LAN-24, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
DISTANCE SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Distance sensor is not transmitting or receiving
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or CAN communication system.
[U1000]
more.

2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” for “LASER/RADAR”
Is DTC detected?
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Front camera unit is not transmitting or receiving
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or CAN communication system.
[U1000]
more.
DAS-126
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT A

2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” for “LANE CAMERA”
Is DTC detected? B
C
DAS
DAS-127
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Replace the Around view monitor control unit if
CONTROL UNIT (CAN) Error during CAN controller hardware initializa-
the malfunction occurs constantly.
[U1010] tion (VCAN).
Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installation".
DISTANCE SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Replace the distance sensor if the malfunction
occurs constantly.
Refer to DAS-203, "Removal and Installation".
FRONT CAMERA UNIT

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Replace the front camera unit if the malfunction
occurs constantly.
Refer to DAS-201, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-128
U111A REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A

REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIG- C
NAL Rear camera image signal circuit open or short. Check rear camera image signal circuit.
[U111A]

D
WITH PUMP CONTROL UNIT

E
1.CHECK REAR CAMERA POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit and rear camera connectors. F
3. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector and rear camera connector.
Around view monitor control unit Rear camera G

Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
50 8
M8 D80 Existed H
52 7
4. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector and ground.
I
Around view monitor control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M8 50 Not existed J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. K
2.CHECK REAR CAMERA POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

1. Connect around view monitor control unit and rear camera connectors. L
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between around view monitor control unit connector and ground.
M
Around view monitor control unit Voltage
Ground Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.)
CAMERA switch is ON or N
M8 50 — selector lever in R (re- 6.0 V
verse).
Is the inspection result normal? DAS
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL AND IMAGE SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY P
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit and rear camera connectors.
Around view monitor control unit Rear camera

Continuity
DAS-129
53 5
M8 D80 Existed
54 1

Continuity
M8 53 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
1. Connect around view monitor control unit and rear camera connectors.
3. Check signal between the terminals of around view monitor control unit connector.
Around view monitor control unit connector

(+) (−) Condition Reference value
Terminal Terminal
CAMERA switch is ON or se-

53 54
lector lever in R (reverse).
JSNIA0834GB

YES >> Replace around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace rear camera. Refer to AV-270, "Removal and Installation".
WITHOUT PUMP CONTROL UNIT
1.CHECK REAR CAMERA POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

Continuity
26 1
M95 D86 Existed
25 2

Continuity
M95 26 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REAR CAMERA POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
DAS-130
3. Check voltage between around view monitor control unit connector and ground. A

Ground Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.) B
CAMERA switch is ON or
verse). C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installation". D
3.CHECK REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL AND IMAGE SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
F
Continuity
28 3 G
M95 D86 Existed
27 4
H

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground I
M95 28 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 4. J
4.CHECK REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL K
L

(+) (−) Condition Reference value M
Terminal Terminal

28 27
DAS
JSNIA0834GB
Is the inspection result normal? P

NO >> Replace rear camera. Refer to AV-270, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-131
U111B SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE
Side camera RH image signal circuit open or
SIGNAL Check Side camera RH image signal circuit.
short.
[U111B]

1.CHECK SIDE CAMERA RH POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit and side camera RH connectors.
3. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector and side camera RH connector.
LHD models
Around view monitor control unit Side camera RH

Continuity
62 7
M8 D27 Existed
64 8
RHD models

Continuity
56 7
M8 D40 Existed
58 8
LHD models

Continuity
M8 62 Not existed
RHD models

Continuity
M8 56 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SIDE CAMERA RH POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1. Connect around view monitor control unit and side camera RH connectors.
DAS-132
LHD models

A
Ground Condition
M8 62 — selector lever in R (re- 6.0 V B
verse).
RHD models
C
Ground Condition
CAMERA switch is ON or D
verse).
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL AND IMAGE SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F
3. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector and side camera RH connector. G
LHD models

Continuity H
65 16
M8 D27 Existed
66 15 I
RHD models

Continuity J
59 16
M8 D40 Existed
60 15 K
LHD models
L
Continuity
M8 65 Not existed M
RHD models

Continuity N
M8 59 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
P
4.CHECK SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL
DAS-133
LHD models

Terminal Terminal

65 66
JSNIA0834GB
RHD models

Terminal Terminal

59 60
JSNIA0834GB

NO >> Replace side camera RH. Refer to AV-269, "Removal and Installation".
1.CHECK SIDE CAMERA RH POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
LHD models

Continuity
34 7
M95 D27 Existed
33 8
RHD models

Continuity
30 7
M95 D40 Existed
29 8
LHD models

Continuity
M95 34 Not existed
DAS-134
RHD models
Around view monitor control unit A

Continuity
M95 30 Not existed
B
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. C
2.CHECK SIDE CAMERA RH POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
2. Turn ignition switch ON. D
LHD models
E
Ground Condition
CAMERA switch is ON or F
verse).
RHD models
G
Ground Condition
H
verse).
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL AND IMAGE SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY J

K
LHD models
Around view monitor control unit Side camera RH L

Continuity
36 16
M95 D27 Existed M
35 15
RHD models
Around view monitor control unit Side camera RH N

Continuity
32 16
M95 D40 Existed DAS
31 15
LHD models P
Continuity
M95 36 Not existed
DAS-135
RHD models

Continuity
M95 32 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL
LHD models

Terminal Terminal

36 35
JSNIA0834GB
RHD models

Terminal Terminal

32 31
JSNIA0834GB

NO >> Replace side camera RH. Refer to AV-269, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-136
U111C FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A

FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIG- C
NAL Front camera image signal circuit open or short. Check front camera image signal circuit.
[U111C]

D

E
1.CHECK FRONT CAMERA POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit and front camera connectors. F
3. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector and front camera connector.
Around view monitor control unit Front camera G

Continuity
68 2
M8 E106 Existed H
70 1
I
Continuity
M8 68 Not existed J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. K
2.CHECK FRONT CAMERA POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE

1. Connect around view monitor control unit and front camera connectors. L
M
Ground Condition
CAMERA switch is ON or N
verse).
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL AND IMAGE SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY P
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit and front camera connectors.
Around view monitor control unit Front camera

Continuity
DAS-137
71 4
M8 E106 Existed
72 5

Continuity
M8 71 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
1. Connect around view monitor control unit and front camera connectors.

Terminal Terminal

71 72
JSNIA0834GB

NO >> Replace front camera unit. Refer to DAS-201, "Removal and Installation".
1.CHECK FRONT CAMERA POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

Continuity
38 2
M95 E106 Existed
37 1

Continuity
M95 38 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FRONT CAMERA POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
DAS-138
3. Check voltage between around view monitor control unit connector and ground. A

Ground Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.) B
verse). C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installation". D
3.CHECK FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL AND IMAGE SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
F
Continuity
40 4 G
M95 E106 Existed
39 5
H

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground I
M95 39 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 4. J
4.CHECK FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL K
L

(+) (−) Condition Reference value M
Terminal Terminal

40 39
DAS
JSNIA0834GB
Is the inspection result normal? P

DAS-139
U111D SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIG-
Side camera LH image signal circuit open or
NAL Check Side camera LH image signal circuit.
short.
[U111D]

1.CHECK SIDE CAMERA LH POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit and side camera LH connectors.
3. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector and side camera LH connector.
LHD models
Around view monitor control unit Side camera LH

Continuity
56 7
M8 D3 Existed
58 8
RHD models

Continuity
62 7
M8 D16 Existed
64 8
RHD models

Continuity
M8 56 Not existed
LHD models

Continuity
M8 62 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SIDE CAMERA LH POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
1. Connect around view monitor control unit and side camera LH connectors.
DAS-140
LHD models

A
Ground Condition
M8 56 — selector lever in R (re- 6.0 V B
verse).
RHD models
C
Ground Condition
CAMERA switch is ON or D
verse).
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL AND IMAGE SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY F
3. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector and side camera LH connector. G
LHD models

Continuity H
59 16
M8 D3 Existed
60 15 I
RHD models

Continuity J
65 16
M8 D16 Existed
66 15 K
LHD models
L
Continuity
M8 59 Not existed M
RHD models

Continuity N
M8 65 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
P
4.CHECK SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL
DAS-141
LHD models

Terminal Terminal

59 60
JSNIA0834GB
RHD models

Terminal Terminal

65 66
JSNIA0834GB

NO >> Replace side camera LH. Refer to AV-269, "Removal and Installation".
1.CHECK SIDE CAMERA LH POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
LHD models

Continuity
30 7
M95 D3 Existed
29 8
RHD models

Continuity
34 7
M95 D16 Existed
33 8
RHD models

Continuity
M95 30 Not existed
DAS-142
LHD models
Around view monitor control unit A

Continuity
M95 34 Not existed
B
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. C
2.CHECK SIDE CAMERA LH POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE
LHD models
E
Ground Condition
CAMERA switch is ON or F
verse).
RHD models
G
Ground Condition
H
verse).
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL AND IMAGE SIGNAL GROUND CIRCUIT CONTINUITY J

K
LHD models
Around view monitor control unit Side camera LH L

Continuity
32 16
M95 D3 Existed M
31 15
RHD models
Around view monitor control unit Side camera LH N

Continuity
36 16
M95 D16 Existed DAS
25 15
LHD models P
Continuity
M95 32 Not existed
DAS-143
RHD models

Continuity
M8 36 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL
LHD models

Terminal Terminal

32 31
JSNIA0834GB
RHD models

Terminal Terminal

36 35
JSNIA0834GB

NO >> Replace side camera LH. Refer to AV-269, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-144
A

ST ANG SEN CALIB Predictive course line center position adjustment Adjust predictive course line center position ad- C
[U1232] of steering angle sensor is incomplete. justment of steering angle sensor.

D
1.ADJUST PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SEN-
SOR
E
When U1232 is detected, the predictive course line center position of steering angle sensor needs to be
adjusted.
F
>> Adjust the predictive course line center position of steering angle sensor. Refer to AV-180, "PRE-
DICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Work Procedure".
G
DAS
DAS-145
U1302 CAMERA POWER VOLT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• Harness or connectors.
CAMERA POWER VOLT
Short in camera power supply circuit. • Camera.
[U1302]
• Around view monitor control unit.

1.CHECK AVM CAMERA DATA MONITOR ITEMS
Check “F-CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL”, “REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL”, “DR-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG”
and “PA-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG” in “DATA MONITOR” of “AVM” using CONSULT.
Is “OK” displayed for all cameras?
YES >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 (Front camera)>>GO TO 2.
NO-2 (Rear camera)>>GO TO 5.
NO-3 (Side camera LH)>>GO TO 8.
NO-4 (Side camera RH)>>GO TO 11.
2.CHECK FRONT CAMERA POWER SUPPLY (CAMERA)
2. Check voltage between front camera connector and ground.
Front camera Voltage

Ground Condition
E106 2 — CAMERA switch is ON. 6.0 V

YES >> Replace front camera. Refer to AV-268, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FRONT CAMERA POWER SUPPLY (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)
Check voltage between around view monitor control unit connector and ground.

Ground Condition
M8 68 — CAMERA switch is ON. 6.0 V

YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FRONT CAMERA POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector and front camera connector.

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M8 68 E106 2 Existed
DAS-146
A
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B
M8 68 — Not existed
YES >> Replace front camera. Refer to AV-268, "Removal and Installation". C
5.CHECK REAR CAMERA POWER SUPPLY (CAMERA)
2. Check voltage between rear camera connector and ground.
Rear camera
E
Voltage
Ground Condition
D80 8 — CAMERA switch is ON. 6.0 V

F
YES >> Replace rear camera. Refer to AV-270, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 6. G
6.CHECK REAR CAMERA POWER SUPPLY (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)
H

Ground Condition
I
J
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK REAR CAMERA POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTINUITY K
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector and rear camera connector.
L

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
M8 50 D80 8 Existed
N
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
DAS
YES >> Replace rear camera. Refer to AV-270, "Removal and Installation". P
8.CHECK SIDE CAMERA LH POWER SUPPLY (CAMERA)
2. Check voltage between side camera LH connector and ground.
DAS-147
LHD models
Side camera LH Voltage

Ground Condition
RHD models

Ground Condition

YES >> Replace side camera LH. Refer to AV-269, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK SIDE CAMERA LH POWER SUPPLY (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)
LHD models

Ground Condition
RHD models

Ground Condition

YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK SIDE CAMERA LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector and side camera LH connector.
LHD models

Continuity
M8 56 D3 7 Existed
RHD models

Continuity
M8 62 D16 7 Existed
LHD models

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
RHD models

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
DAS-148
YES >> Replace side camera LH. Refer to AV-269, "Removal and Installation". A
11.CHECK SIDE CAMERA RH POWER SUPPLY (CAMERA)
B
2. Check voltage between side camera RH connector and ground.
LHD models
C
Side camera RH Voltage
Ground Condition
D27 7 — CAMERA switch is ON. 6.0 V D
RHD models
Side camera RH Voltage E

Ground Condition

Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> Replace side camera RH. Refer to AV-269, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 12.
G
12.CHECK SIDE CAMERA RH POWER SUPPLY (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)
LHD models H
Ground Condition
I
RHD models
Around view monitor control unit J

Voltage
Ground Condition

K
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installation". L
13.CHECK SIDE CAMERA RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector and side camera RH connector. M
LHD models
N
Continuity
M8 62 D27 7 Existed DAS
LHD models

Continuity P
M8 56 D40 7 Existed
DAS-149
LHD models

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
RHD models

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1.CHECK AVM CAMERA DATA MONITOR ITEMS
Check “F-CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL”, “REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL”, “DR-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG”
and “PA-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG” in “DATA MONITOR” of “AVM” using CONSULT.
Is “OK” displayed for all cameras?
YES >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-1 (Front camera)>>GO TO 2.
NO-2 (Rear camera)>>GO TO 5.
NO-3 (Side camera LH)>>GO TO 8.
NO-4 (Side camera RH)>>GO TO 11.
2.CHECK FRONT CAMERA POWER SUPPLY (CAMERA)
2. Check voltage between front camera connector and ground.
Front camera Voltage

Ground Condition
E106 2 — CAMERA switch is ON. 6.0 V

YES >> Replace front camera. Refer to AV-268, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FRONT CAMERA POWER SUPPLY (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)

Ground Condition

YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FRONT CAMERA POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector and front camera connector.

Continuity
M95 38 E106 2 Existed
DAS-150
A
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B
YES >> Replace front camera. Refer to AV-268, "Removal and Installation". C
5.CHECK REAR CAMERA POWER SUPPLY (CAMERA)
2. Check voltage between rear camera connector and ground.
Rear camera
E
Voltage
Ground Condition

F
YES >> Replace rear camera. Refer to AV-270, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 6. G
6.CHECK REAR CAMERA POWER SUPPLY (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)
H

Ground Condition
I
J
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK REAR CAMERA POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTINUITY K
L

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
M95 26 D86 1 Existed
N
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
DAS
YES >> Replace rear camera. Refer to AV-270, "Removal and Installation". P
8.CHECK SIDE CAMERA LH POWER SUPPLY (CAMERA)
2. Check voltage between side camera LH connector and ground.
DAS-151
LHD models

Ground Condition
RHD models

Ground Condition

YES >> Replace side camera LH. Refer to AV-269, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK SIDE CAMERA LH POWER SUPPLY (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)
LHD models

Ground Condition
RHD models

Ground Condition

YES >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK SIDE CAMERA LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector and side camera LH connector.
LHD models

Continuity
M95 30 D3 7 Existed
RHD models

Continuity
LHD models

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
RHD models

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
DAS-152
YES >> Replace side camera LH. Refer to AV-269, "Removal and Installation". A
11.CHECK SIDE CAMERA RH POWER SUPPLY (CAMERA)
B
2. Check voltage between side camera RH connector and ground.
LHD models
C
Side camera RH Voltage
Ground Condition
D27 7 — CAMERA switch is ON. 6.0 V D
RHD models
Side camera RH Voltage E

Ground Condition

Is the inspection result normal? F
NO >> GO TO 12.
G
12.CHECK SIDE CAMERA RH POWER SUPPLY (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT)
LHD models H
Ground Condition
I
RHD models
Around view monitor control unit J

Voltage
Ground Condition

K
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installation". L
13.CHECK SIDE CAMERA RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTINUITY
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector and side camera RH connector. M
LHD models
N
Continuity
M95 34 D27 7 Existed DAS
LHD models

Continuity P
DAS-153
LHD models

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
RHD models

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
DAS-154
U1303 LED POWER SUPPLY VOLT
U1303 LED POWER SUPPLY VOLT
A

C
LED POWER SUPPLY VOLT Open or short in BSW indicator power supply cir- • Harness or connectors.
[U1303] cuit. • Around view monitor control unit.

D
1.CHECK BSW POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CONTINUITY

2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector and BSW indicators connectors.
3. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector and BSW indicators connectors.
F
Around view monitor control unit BSW indicator
Continuity
7 D13 (LH) G
M7 1 Existed
8 D33 (RH)
4. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector and ground. H

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal I
7
M7 — Not existed
8
J
K
DAS
DAS-155
U1304 CAMERA IMAGE CALIBRATION
U1304 CAMERA IMAGE CALIBRATION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CAMERA IMAGE CALIB
Camera image calibration is incomplete. Perform calibration of camera image.
[U1304]
1.PERFORM CALIBRATION
When U1304 is detected, perform calibration of camera image.
>> Refer to AV-181, "CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Work Proce-
dure".
DAS-156
U1305 CONFIG UNFINISH
U1305 CONFIG UNFINISH
A

CONFIG UNFINISH Configuration of around view monitor control unit Perform configuration of around view monitor C
[U1305] is incomplete. control unit.

D
1.PERFORM CONFIGURATION
When U1305 is detected, perform configuration of around view monitor control unit. E
>> Refer to AV-181, "CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND VIEW MONITOR) : Work Proce-
dure". F
DAS
DAS-157
U1308 CAMERA CONFIG
U1308 CAMERA CONFIG
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

REAR CAMERA (R&L) CALIB
Around view monitor control unit camera calibra- Perform Around view monitor control unit camera
JDGMNT
tion is incomplete. calibration.
[U1308]
1.PERFORM AROUND VIEW MONITOR CAMERA CALIBRATION

When U1308 is detected, the rear camera needs to be calibrated.
>> Calibrate the rear camera. Refer to DAS-101, "Description".
DAS-158
U1309 PUMP UNIT CURRENT
A

PUMP INPUT CURRENT • Harness C
Around view monitor control unit detects incorrect
JUDGE • Pump control unit
pump current from pump control unit.
[U1309] • Around view monitor control unit
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1. Turn ignition switch ON. E
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-159, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
G
1.CHECK PUMP CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Check voltage between pump control unit connector and ground. H
Pump control unit

Ground Voltage I
Connector Terminal
B78 12 — Battery voltage
Is inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PUMP CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT K

2. Disconnect pump control unit connector.
L
3. Check continuity between pump control unit connector and ground.
Pump control unit

Ground Continuity M
Connector Terminal
B78 5 — Existed
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PUMP CONTROL UNIT CIRCUITS CONTINUITY DAS
1. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector.

2. Check continuity between around view monitor control unit connector and pump control unit connector.
P
Around view monitor control unit Pump control unit

Continuity
36 8
M7 37 B78 6 Existed
38 7
DAS-159

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
36
M7 — Not existed
38
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CONTINUITY PUMP CONTROL UNIT TO PUMP
1. Disconnect air pump connector.
2. Check continuity between pump control unit connector and air pump connector.
Pump control unit Air pump

Continuity
1 1
B78 B119 Existed
2 2
3. Check for continuity between pump control unit connector and ground.
Pump control unit

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
B78 — Not existed
2
YES >> Replace the air pump. Refer to DAS-206, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-160
U130A PUMP CONTROL UNIT
U130A PUMP CONTROL UNIT
A

PUMP ECU JUDGE C
Pump control unit malfunction. Pump control unit.
[U130A]

D
2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “AVM” using CONSULT. E
Is DTC detected?
NO >> Inspection End. F
1.CHECK PUMP CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G

2. Check voltage between pump control unit connector and ground.
H
Pump control unit

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal I
B78 12 — Battery voltage
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PUMP CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT K
3. Check continuity between pump control unit connector and ground. L
Pump control unit

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal M
B78 5 — Existed
N
YES >> Replace pump control unit. Refer to DAS-207, "Removal and Installation".
DAS
DAS-161
U130B REAR CAMERA COMM ERROR
U130B REAR CAMERA COMM ERROR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Rear Camera Serial Communi- • Rear camera.
cation • Harness.
rect communication signal from rear camera.
[U130B] • Around view monitor control unit.

Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK REAR CAMERA SERIAL SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY


Continuity
M8 49 D80 4 Existed

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
DAS-162
U1527 CCM CAN 1
U1527 CCM CAN 1
A

NOTE:
CONSULT Display DTC detecting condition Possible causes

CCM CAN CIR 1 Distance sensor detects that chassis control • Chassis control module D
[U1527] module has a malfunction • Distance sensor


F
Is DTC detected?
G
1.CHECK CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULTS H

Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “CHASSIS CONTROL” using CONSULT.
I
DAS
DAS-163
U153F CCM CAN 2
U153F CCM CAN 2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC U153F is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to DAS-

CCM CAN CIR 2 Distance sensor detects that chassis control • Chassis control module
[U153F] module has a malfunction • Distance sensor

Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “CHASSIS CONTROL” using CONSULT.
DAS-164
C10B7 YAW RATE SENSOR
C10B7 YAW RATE SENSOR
A

• Calibration of yaw rate/side/decel G sensor not C
YAW RATE SENSOR Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor calibration incor- performed.
[C10B7] rect. • Interruption in yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
calibration.
D
Is DTC detected?
F
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010416895 G
1.PERFORM YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR CALIBRATION

1. Perform calibration of yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-66, "Work Procedure". H
2. Erase DTCs using CONSULT.
YES >> Replace the distance sensor. Refer to DAS-203, "Removal and Installation".
J
DAS
DAS-165
C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

POWER SUPPLY CIR Distance sensor battery voltage is less than 7.9 V • Harness
[C1A01] or greater than 19.3 V for 5 seconds. • Around view monitor control unit

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check power supply and ground circuit of around view monitor control unit. Refer to DAS-189, "AROUND
VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> Replace the around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installation".
DISTANCE SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

POWER SUPPLY CIR Distance sensor battery voltage is less than 7.9 V
[C1A01] for 5 seconds. • Harness
POWER SUPPLY CIR 2 Distance sensor battery voltage is greater than • Distance sensor
[C1A02] 19.3 V for 5 seconds.

Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK DISTANCE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check power supply and ground circuit of distance sensor. Refer to DAS-190, "DISTANCE SENSOR : Diagno-
sis Procedure".
DAS-166
A
DAS
DAS-167
C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

VHCL SPEED SE CIRC Around view monitor control unit detects a veloc- • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
[C1A03] ity calculation error. • Around view monitor control unit.

Is DTC detected?
DISTANCE SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

VHCL SPEED SE CIRC Distance sensor detects a velocity calculation er- • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
[C1A03] ror. • Distance sensor.

Is DTC detected?
NO >> Replace distance sensor. Refer to DAS-203, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-168
C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM
C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM
A
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT Display DTC detecting condition Possible causes C

Around view monitor control unit receives VDC
ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
failed message from ABS actuator and electric
[C1A04] • Around view monitor control unit.
unit (control unit). D
Is DTC detected? F
G
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT H
YES >> Refer to BRC-53, "DTC Index". I
DISTANCE SENSOR
J
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

K
ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC Distance sensor receives VDC failed message • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). L
[C1A04] from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). • Distance sensor.

1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT M

N
Is DTC detected?
DAS
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT P
DAS-169
C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW
C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC C1A05 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to DAS-

Mismatch between stop lamp switch signal and
brake switch signal received from ECM and stop
• ECM.
BRAKE SW/STOP L SW lamp switch signal received from ABS actuator
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
[C1A05] and electric unit (control unit) that continues for
• Distance sensor.
10 seconds or more with vehicle speeds at ap-
proximately 40 km/h or more.

1. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ABS” using CONSULT.
DAS-170
C1A07 CVT
C1A07 CVT
A

NOTE:

• Accelerator pedal position sensor. D
CVT CIRCUIT
TCM is malfunctioning. • TCM.
[C1A07]

2. Drive the vehicle.
3. Stop the vehicle. F
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-171, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
H
1.PERFORM TCM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “TRANSMISSION” using CONSULT. I
YES >> Refer to TM-267, "DTC Index" (RE0F10D) or TM-485, "DTC Index" (RE0F10G).
NO >> Replace distance sensor. Refer to DAS-203, "Removal and Installation". J
DAS
DAS-171
C1A12 LASER BEAM OFF CENTER
C1A12 LASER BEAM OFF CENTER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

LASER BEAM OFF CNTR
Distance sensor is off the aiming point. Distance sensor.
[C1A12]
1.PERFORM DISTANCE SENSOR SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Is DTC detected?
YES >> Replace distance sensor. Refer to DAS-203, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-172
C1A14 ECM
C1A14 ECM
A
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC C1A14 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to DAS- C
126, "AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic".
CONSULT Display DTC detecting condition Possible causes D

• Accelerator pedal position sensor.
ECM CIRCUIT
ECM is malfunctioning. • ECM.
[C1A14]
• Around view monitor control unit.
E
F
2. Drive the vehicle.
3. Stop the vehicle.
Is DTC detected? G
H
1.CHECK ECM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT I

YES >> Refer to ECH-71, "DTC Index" (HRA2DDT), ECM-93, "DTC Index" (MR20DD), ECK-97, "DTC J
DISTANCE SENSOR K
L
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
126, "FRONT CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic". M

• Accelerator pedal position sensor. N
ECM CIRCUIT
ECM is malfunctioning. • ECM.
[C1A14]
DAS
2. Drive the vehicle. P
Is DTC detected?
DAS-173
C1A14 ECM

DAS-174
C1A15 GEAR POSITION
C1A15 GEAR POSITION
A

NOTE:
If DTC C1A15 is displayed with DTC C1A03, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to DAS-
If DTC C1A15 is displayed with DTC C1A04, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to DAS-
169, "DISTANCE SENSOR : DTC Logic". D

A mismatch between current gear position signal • Input speed sensor. E
GEAR POSITION transmitted from TCM via CAN communication • Vehicle speed sensor CVT (output speed sen-
[C1A15] and gear position calculated by distance sensor sor).
continues for approximately 11 minutes or more. • TCM.
F
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT G
2. Drive the vehicle at 10 km/h (6 MPH) or faster for approximately 15 minutes or more.
4. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LASER/RADAR” using CONSULT. H
Is DTC detected?
NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". I
J
1.CHECK TCM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “TRANSMISSION” using CONSULT.
Are any DTCs detected? K
L
DAS
DAS-175
C1A16 RADAR BLOCKED
C1A16 RADAR BLOCKED
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

RADAR STAIN If any stain occurs to distance sensor body win- • Stain or foreign materials deposited.
[C1A16] dow. • Cracks or scratches exist.
NOTE:
DTC C1A16 may be detected under the following conditions. (Explain to the customer about the difference
between the contamination detection function and the indication when the malfunction is detected and tell
them this is not a malfunction.)
• When contamination or foreign materials adhere to the distance sensor area of the front bumper
• When driving while it is snowing or when frost forms on the distance sensor area of the front bumper
• When distance sensor area of the front bumper is temporarily fogged
1.VISUAL CHECK
1. Check for contamination and foreign material on the distance sensor area of the front bumper.
2. Check distance sensor for contamination and foreign materials.
3. Check distance sensor for cracks and scratches.
NO >> Repair as necessary.
DAS-176
C1A17 DISTANCE SENSOR
C1A17 DISTANCE SENSOR
A

NOTE:

ICC SENSOR MALF D
Distance sensor is malfunctioning. Distance sensor.
[C1A17]
E
1.REPLACE DISTANCE SENSOR
F
>> Replace distance sensor. Refer to DAS-203, "Removal and Installation".
G
DAS
DAS-177
C1A18 RADAR AIMING INCMP
C1A18 RADAR AIMING INCMP
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• Distance sensor aiming adjustment not per-
LASER AIMING INCMP formed.
Distance sensor not adjusted.
[C1A18] • Distance sensor aiming adjustment interrupt-
ed.

Is DTC detected?
1.ADJUST DISTANCE SENSOR

Perform distance sensor Initial vertical alignment and distance sensor alignment.
>> Refer to DAS-88, "Description" and DAS-90, "Description".
DAS-178
C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP
C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP
A

UNIT HIGH TEMP Distance sensor judges high temperature abnor- C
Temperature around distance sensor high.
[C1A21] mality.
1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT D

2. Wait for 10 minutes or more to cool the distance sensor.
3. Start the engine. E
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Replace distance sensor. Refer to DAS-203, "Removal and Installation". F
DAS
DAS-179
C1A24 NP RANGE
C1A24 NP RANGE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

A mismatch between shift position signal and a
NP RANGE current gear position signal transmitted from • TCM.
[C1A24] TCM via CAN communication that continues for • Transmission range switch.
60 seconds or more.

1.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT 1
2. Shift selector lever to P position and wait for approximately 5 minutes or more.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT 2
1. Shift selector lever to N position and wait for approximately 5 minutes or more.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK TCM SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “TRANSMISSION” using CONSULT.
DAS-180
C1A26 ECD MODE MALFUNCTION
C1A26 ECD MODE MALFUNCTION
A

NOTE:
• If DTC C1A26 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
DAS-53, "DTC Index". C
DAS-53, "DTC Index".
DAS-53, "DTC Index". D

ECD MODE MALF • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E
If an abnormal condition occurs with ECD system
[C1A26] • Distance sensor

F
2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LASER/RADAR” using CONSULT. G
Is DTC detected?
NO >> Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". H
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT I

Are any DTCs detected? J
K
DAS
DAS-181
C1A39 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
C1A39 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Around view monitor control unit receives steer-
STRG SEN CIR • Steering angle sensor.
ing angle sensor failed message from steering
[C1A39] • Around view monitor control unit.
angle sensor.

Is DTC detected?
DISTANCE SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

STRG SEN CIR Distance sensor receives steering angle sensor • Steering angle sensor.
[C1A39] failed message from steering angle sensor. • Distance sensor.

Is DTC detected?
DAS-182
C1B00 CAMERA UNIT MALF
C1B00 CAMERA UNIT MALF
A

CAMERA UNIT MALF C
If front camera unit is malfunctioning Front camera unit
[C1B00]

D
1.REPLACE FRONT CAMERA UNIT
E
>> Replace front camera unit. Refer to DAS-201, "Removal and Installation".
F
DAS
DAS-183
C1B01 CAM AIMING INCMP
C1B01 CAM AIMING INCMP
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• Front camera aiming is not adjusted
CAM AIMING INCMP
Camera aiming is not completed • Front camera aiming adjustment has been in-
[C1B01]
terrupted

Is DTC detected?
1.CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT

1. Perform the camera aiming. Refer to DAS-95, "Description".
2. Erase all self-diagnosis results with CONSULT.
YES >> Replace the front camera unit. Refer to DAS-201, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End
DAS-184
C1B02 VHCL SPD DATA MALF
C1B02 VHCL SPD DATA MALF
A

Front camera unit receives an error signal from C
VHCL SPD DATA MALF • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
[C1B02] • Front camera unit
CAN communication.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1. Start the engine. E
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-185, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
G
H
I
DAS
DAS-185
C1B03 ABNRML TEMP DETECT
C1B03 ABNRML TEMP DETECT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ABNRML TEMP DETECT Temperature around front camera unit is exces-
Interior room temperature is excessively high
[C1B03] sively high

Is DTC detected?
1.COOLING LANE CAMERA UNIT

1. Wait for 10 minutes or more to cool the front camera unit.
2. Erase all self-diagnosis results with CONSULT.
NO >> Inspection End
DAS-186
C1B5D FEB OPE COUNT LIMIT
C1B5D FEB OPE COUNT LIMIT
A
B
FEB OPE COUNT LIMIT FEB system operated 3 times within ignition
Distance sensor
[C1B5D] switch ON.
C
NOTE:
If “C1B5D” detected, perform the FEB system operates normally.
D

E
YES >> Replace distance sensor unit. Refer to DAS-203, "Removal and Installation". F
DAS
DAS-187
C1B09 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT, C1B0A POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT2
C1B09 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT, C1B0A POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Front camera unit iginition voltage is greater than
[C1B09] 16 V for 5 seconds. • Harness
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2 Front camera unit iginition voltage is less than • Front camera unit
[C1B0A] 10.5 V for 5 seconds.

Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK FRONT CAMERA UNIT SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check power supply and ground circuit of front camera unit. Refer to DAS-191, "FRONT CAMERA UNIT :
Diagnosis Procedure".
DAS-188
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
B
1.CHECK FUSE C
Check that the following fuses are not blown.
Signal name Fuse No. D

Battery power supply 80 (20A)
Ignition signal 73 (10A)
E
Are the fuses blown?
YES >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit.
NO >> GO TO 2.
F
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector. G

Ground Condition H
2 Ignition switch: OFF

M7 — Battery voltage
3 Ignition switch: ON I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. J
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K

Ground Continuity L
Connector Terminal
M7 1 — Existed
Is the inspection result normal? M
N
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuses are not blown. DAS
Signal name Fuse No.

Battery power supply 80 (20A) P
Ignition signal 73 (10A)
NO >> GO TO 2.
DAS-189

Ground Condition

4 Ignition switch: ON
YES >> GO TO 3.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M95 1 — Existed
DISTANCE SENSOR
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that the following fuse is not blown.
With stop/start system
Ignition power supply 73 (10A)
Without stop/start system

Is the fuse blown?
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Disconnect distance sensor connector.
3. Check voltage between distance sensor connector and ground.
Distance sensor Voltage

Ground Condition
E15 1 — Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage

YES >> GO TO 3.
2. Check continuity between distance sensor connector and ground.
DAS-190
Distance sensor A
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E15 8 — Existed
B
C
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
D
1.CHECK FUSE E

F
Are the fuses blown? G
NO >> GO TO 2.
H
2. Disconnect around view monitor control unit connector. I

Ground Condition J

3 Ignition switch: ON K
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M

Ground Continuity N
Connector Terminal
M7 1 — Existed
P
1.CHECK FUSE
DAS-191

NO >> GO TO 2.

Ground Condition

4 Ignition switch: ON
YES >> GO TO 3.

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
M95 1 — Existed
DAS-192
WARNING BUZZER CIRCUIT
WARNING BUZZER CIRCUIT
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010416933
1.CHECK WARNING BUZZER B

1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
2. Select the “Active Test” item “BUZZER” of “BCM” with CONSULT.
3. While operating the test item, check the operation. C
On : Warning buzzer is activated.

Off : Warning buzzer is not activated. D
NO >> Refer to DAS-193, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
F
1.CHECK WARNING BUZZER OPERATION
While activating the buzzer with CONSULT, listen for the buzzer sound.
Does warning buzzer sound? G
YES >> Replace the around view monitor control unit. Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace the combination meter (buzzer).
H
DAS
DAS-193
WASHER PUMP CIRCUIT
WASHER PUMP CIRCUIT
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010690627
1.CHECK WASHER PUMP CIRCUIT

2. Select “WASH ACTIVE” of “AVM” with CONSULT.
3. Check operation while operating the test item.
On : Washer pump is activated.

Off : Washer pump is not activated.
YES >> Washer pump circuit is normal.
NO >> Refer to DAS-194, "Diagnosis Procedure".
1.CHECK WASHER PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect washer pump connector.
4. Select “WASH ACTIVE” of “AVM” with CONSULT.
5. Check voltage between washer pump connector and ground.
Washer pump
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E46 2 — Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.
2.CHECK WASHER PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check continuity between washer pump connector and pump control unit connector.
Washer pump Pump control unit

Continuity
E46 1 B78 3 Existed
YES >> Replace washer pump.
DAS-194
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000010416937
B
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS

C
Symptom Possible cause Inspection item/Reference page
LDW warning lamp does not • Combination meter Combination meter.
illuminate. • Front camera unit Refer to MWI-29, "CONSULT
D
Function (METER/M&A)".
LDW ON indicator does not • Combination meter Front camera unit.
Indicator/warning lamps do not illuminate. • Front camera unit Refer to DAS-39, "CONSULT
illuminate when ignition switch Function (LANE CAMERA)". E
OFF ⇒ ON • Power supply and ground cir- Power supply and ground circuit
All of indicator/warning
cuit of front camera unit of front camera unit.
lamps does not illuminate.
• Combination meter Refer to DAS-191, "FRONT
• LDW warning lamp F
• Front camera unit CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Pro-
• LDW ON indicator
• Harness cedure".
LDW system setting can not be
• Combination meter turned ON/OFF on the informa- G
LDW warning lamp is not
• Front camera unit tion display.
turned ON ⇔ OFF.
• Sonar control unit Refer to DAS-198, "Diagnosis
LDW system is not activated. Procedure".
H
Warning buzzer circuit.
Warning buzzer is not • Warning buzzer
Refer to DAS-193, "Component
sounding. • Front camera unit
Function Check".
I
Front camera aiming adjust-
ment.
• Front camera calibration
LDW functions are not timely Refer to DAS-98, "Work Proce-
• Front camera unit
dure (Camera Aiming Adjust- J
ment)".
BLIND SPOT WARNING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS

K
• Combination meter Combination meter. Refer to
BSW warning lamp does not L
• Around view monitor control MWI-29, "CONSULT Function
illuminate
unit (METER/M&A)".
• Combination meter Around view monitor control unit.
BSW ON indicator does not Refer to DAS-33, "CONSULT
• Around view monitor control M
illuminate Function".
unit
• Power supply and ground cir- Power supply and ground circuit
Indicator/warning lamps do not il- All of indicator/warning cuit of around view monitor of around view monitor control
N
luminate when ignition switch lamps do not illuminate; control unit unit. Refer to DAS-189,
OFF ⇒ ON. • BSW warning lamp • Around view monitor control "AROUND VIEW MONITOR
• BSW ON indicator unit CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis
• Combination meter Procedure". DAS
• Harness between around
view monitor control unit and
Around view monitor control unit.
BSW indicator does not turn BSW indicator
Refer to DAS-33, "CONSULT P
ON • Around view monitor control
Function".
unit
• BSW indicator
DAS-195
BSW system setting cannot be
turned ON/OFF on the informa-
BSW warning lamp is not
Around view monitor control unit tion display.
turned ON ⇔ OFF
Refer to DAS-198, "Diagnosis
BSW system is not activated. Procedure".
• Warning buzzer Warning buzzer circuit.
Warning buzzer is not sound-
• Around view monitor control Refer to DAS-193, "Component
ing
unit Function Check".
• Rear camera calibration
Rear camera calibration.
• Rear camera
BSW functions are not timely Refer to DAS-104, "Work Proce-
• Around view monitor control
dure (Rear Camera Calibration)".
unit
Washer pump circuit.
• Washer pump
Rear camera washer is not activated Refer to DAS-194, "Component
• Pump control unit
Function Check".
• Washer tube (include check Rear view camera washer/air
valve) blower function inspection.
Rear camera wash is insufficient
• Air tube Refer to DAS-104, "Work Proce-
• Washer/Air nozzle dure (Rear Camera Calibration)".
MOVING OBJECT DETECTION SYSTEM SYMPTOMS

• Combination meter Combination meter.
MOD warning lamp does not
• Around view monitor control Refer to MWI-29, "CONSULT
illuminate.
unit Function (METER/M&A)".
Around view monitor control
• Combination meter unit.
MOD ON indicator does not
• Around view monitor control Refer to DAS-33, "CONSULT
Indicator/warning lamps do not illuminate.
unit Function".
illuminate when ignition switch
OFF ⇒ ON Power supply and ground circuit
• Power supply and ground cir-
All of indicator/warning of around view monitor control
cuit of around view monitor
lamps does not illuminate. unit.
control unit
• MOD warning lamp Refer to DAS-189, "AROUND
• MOD ON indicator VIEW MONITOR CONTROL
unit
UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
MOD system setting can not be
MOD warning lamp is not Around view monitor control
tion display.
turned ON ⇔ OFF. unit
MOD system is not activated. Procedure".
Warning buzzer is not
• Around view monitor control Refer to DAS-193, "Component
sounding.
• Rear camera calibration Rear camera calibration.
• Rear camera Refer to DAS-104, "Work Proce-
MOD functions are not timely
• Around view monitor control dure (Rear Camera Calibra-
unit tion)".
washer pump circuit.
• Washer pump
Rear camera washer is not activated Refer to DAS-194, "Component
• Pump control unit
Function Check".
• Washer tube (include check Rear view camera washer/air
valve) blower function inspection.
Rear camera wash is insufficient
• Air tube Refer to DAS-83, "Inspection
• Washer/Air nozzle Procedure".
TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
DAS-196
Symptom Possible cause Inspection item/Reference page A

TSR warning lamp does not • Combination meter Combination meter.
illuminate. • Front camera unit Refer to MWI-29, "CONSULT
Function (METER/M&A)".
B
TSR ON indicator does not • Combination meter Front camera unit.
Indicator/warning lamps do not illuminate. • Front camera unit Refer to DAS-39, "CONSULT
illuminate when ignition switch Function (LANE CAMERA)".
OFF ⇒ ON • Power supply and ground cir- Power supply and ground circuit C
All of indicator/warning
cuit of front camera unit of front camera unit.
lamps does not illuminate.
• Combination meter Refer to DAS-191, "FRONT
• TSR warning lamp
• Front camera unit CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Pro-
• TSR ON indicator
• Harness cedure".
D
TSR system setting can not be
TSR warning lamp is not E
TSR system is not activated. Front camera unit tion display.
turned ON ⇔ OFF.
Procedure".
Front camera aiming adjust- F
• Front camera aiming adjustment.
TSR functions are not timely ment Refer to DAS-98, "Work Proce-
• Front camera unit dure (Camera Aiming Adjust-
ment)". G
DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT SYSTEM SYMPTOMS

H
• Combination meter Combination meter.
DAA warning lamp does not
• Around view monitor control Refer to MWI-29, "CONSULT
illuminate. I
unit Function (METER/M&A)".
Around view monitor control
• Combination meter unit.
DAA ON indicator does not
• Around view monitor control Refer to DAS-33, "CONSULT
Indicator/warning lamps do not illuminate. J
unit Function".
illuminate when ignition switch
OFF ⇒ ON Power supply and ground circuit
• Power supply and ground cir-
All of indicator/warning of around view monitor control
cuit of around view monitor K
lamps does not illuminate. unit.
control unit
• DAA warning lamp Refer to DAS-189, "AROUND
• DAA ON indicator VIEW MONITOR CONTROL
unit
UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
L
DAA system setting can not be
DAA warning lamp is not Around view monitor control
tion display.
turned ON ⇔ OFF. unit M
DAA system is not activated. Procedure".
Warning buzzer is not
• Around view monitor control Refer to DAS-193, "Component N
sounding.
DAS
DAS-197
SYSTEM SETTINGS CANNOT BE TURNED ON/OFF IN VEHICLE INFORMATION
DISPLAY
SYSTEM SETTINGS CANNOT BE TURNED ON/OFF IN VEHICLE INFOR-
MATION DISPLAY
The system setting cannot be turned ON/OFF in the combination meter information display using the steering
switch.
1.CHECK DRIVER ASSISTNCE SYSTEM SETTING

1. Ignition On.
2. Check that the driver assistance system setting can be turned ON/OFF in the combination meter informa-
tion display using the steering switch.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
Check the steering switch. Refer to MWI-71, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK STEERING SWITCH RESISTANCE
Check the steering switch resistance. Refer to MWI-71, "Component Inspection".
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-80, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace steering switch. Refer to AV-261, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-198
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
PRECAUTIONS FOR LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) B

CAUTION:
• The LDW system is only a warning device to inform the driver of a potential unintended lane depar- C
ture. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay
alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
• The rear view camera may not detect properly under the following conditions:
- When towing a trailer. D
- When strong light enters the rear view camera. (For example, direct sunlight or headlight from the
rear)
- When ambient brightness changes instantly. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel E
or passes under a bridge.)
• Automatic washer and blower may not be able to secure detection capability when excessive dirt
adheres on the camera lens.
• LDW system may not function properly under the following conditions: F
• Excessive noise (e.g. audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime
• The rear view camera may not be able to detect properly under the following conditions: G
- On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers; lane markers that are faded or not painted
clearly; yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers; or lane markers covered with
water, dirt, snow, etc.
H
- On roads where the discontinued lane markers are still detectable.
- On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts,
seams or lines remaining after road repairs. (The LDW system could detect these items as lane
markers.) I
- On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates.
- When the vehicle′s traveling direction does not align with the lane marker.
- When the road surface is very dark due to scarce ambient light or impaired tail lamp.
J
• When driving on curved road, warning will be late on the outside of the curve due to the nature of the
system.
PRECAUTIONS FOR BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) K
CAUTION:
• The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not designed to prevent
contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and
turn and look in the direction you will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on L
the BSW system.
• The rear camera may not detect properly under the following conditions:
- When towing a trailer. M
- When strong light enters the rear camera. (For example, direct sunlight or headlight from the rear)
- When ambient brightness changes instantly. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel
or passes under a bridge.)
• Automatic washer and blower may not be able to secure detection capability when excessive dirt N
adheres on the camera lens.
• The camera unit may not be able to detect when certain objects are present such as:
- Pedestrians, bicycles, animals DAS
- Several types of vehicles such as motorcycles
- Oncoming vehicles
- A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind.
P
- A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rapidly.
• The rear camera may not be able to detect property when your vehicle travels beside the middle sec-
tion of a vehicle with long wheelbase(e.g. trailer truck, semi-trailer, tractor).
• The rear camera detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width. When driving in a wider
lane, the camera unit may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the
camera unit may detect vehicles driving two lanes away.
DAS-199
• The rear camera is designed to ignore most stationary objects, however objects such as guardrails,
walls, foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operating condi-
tion.
• The rear camera may detect reflection image of vehicles or roadside objects that are not actually in
the detection zone, especially when the road is wet.
PRECAUTIONS FOR MOVING OBJECT DETECTION
CAUTION:
• The Moving Object Detection system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and is not
designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When backing up. always look in the direction
driver will move to ensure it is safe to proceed. Never rely solely on the Moving Object Detection
system.
• Using the Moving Object Detection system under some road or weather condition could lead to
improper system operation. Always rely on driver’s own steering and braking operation to avoid
accidents.
• The Moving Object Detection system may not provide a warning for vehicles that pass through the
detection zone quickly.
• Do not use the Moving Object Detection system when towing a trailer.
• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime
- Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.
- A vehicle passing at a speed greater than approximately 24km/h (15 MPH).
• A rear view camera may not detect approaching vehicles in certain situations:
- When the vehicle parked aside obstruct the beam of the rear view camera.
- When the vehicle is parked in an angled parking space.
- When the vehicle is parked on an inclined ground.
- When the vehicle turns around into your vehicle’s aisle.
- When the angle formed by your vehicle and approaching vehicle is small.
• Severe weather or road spray conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles.
• The rear view camera system may not detect:
- Small or moving object.
- Wedge-shaped objects.
- Object closer to the bumper than 30 cm (10 inch).
- Thin objects such as rope, wire, chain, etc.
• Do not use the MOD system under the following conditions because the system may not function
properly:
- When driving with a tire that is not the within normal tire condition (example: tire wear, low pressure,
spare tire, chain, non-standard wheels).
- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake parts or suspension parts.
PRECAUTIONS FOR DRIVER ATTENTION ALERT
CAUTION:
This is not a system to assist driving while tired. Driving while tired may lead to a serious accident. Be
sure to have sufficient rest before driving, and drive safely.
PRECAUTIONS FOR TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION
CAUTION:
• There are limitations to the do not enter sign detection function. Be careful to observe traffic signs,
etc. and drive safely.
• Detection may not be possible depending on the vehicle status, driving conditions, traffic environ-
ment, weather conditions, and the condition of the sign.
• Under conditions such as the following, detection of do not enter sign is delayed and detection may
not be possible.
- A portion of the sign is hidden and obscured by a tree, dirt, etc.
- The shape of the sign is changed due to the sign being bent, etc.
- The do not enter sign is around a corner or on a curve.
- The vehicle is traveling at a fast speed.
• Depending on certain conditions, it may not be possible to hear the warning sound due to outside
noises.
DAS-200
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

FRONT CAMERA UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010416943
B
CAUTION:
• Never remove front camera unit bracket from windshield glass.
• The front camera unit bracket must be replaced together with windshield glass as an assembly. C
JSOIA1358ZZ
K
Front camera unit bracket Front camera unit Front camera unit cover
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010416944 L
REMOVAL
1. Remove front camera unit cover. M
2. Disconnect front camera unit connector.
3. Release front camera unit fixing pawls (A) using removal tool,
and then remove front camera unit from front camera unit N
bracket.
DAS
JSOIA1359ZZ
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Never give an impact to the front camera unit.
DAS-201
FRONT CAMERA UNIT
• Perform the camera aiming every time the front camera unit is removed and installed. Refer to DAS-
87, "Work Procedure".
DAS-202
DISTANCE SENSOR
DISTANCE SENSOR
A
G
JMOIA0059ZZ
Distance sensor Distance sensor bracket

H
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010416946
REMOVAL I
1. Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to EXT-19, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect distance sensor connector.
J
3. Remove distance sensor mounting bolts, and then remove distance sensor from distance sensor bracket.
CAUTION:
Never give an impact to the distance sensor.
K
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Perform additional service when replacing distance sensor. Refer to DAS-86, "Work Procedure". L
DAS
DAS-203
BSW INDICATOR
BSW INDICATOR
REMOVAL
1. Remove door mirror corner finisher. Refer to MIR-31, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove BSW indicator mounting screws (A), and then remove
BSW indicator from door mirror corner finisher.
JSOIA1395ZZ
INSTALLATION
DAS-204
WARNING SYSTEMS BUZZER
WARNING SYSTEMS BUZZER
A
I
AWOIA0075ZZ
Instrument lower panel LH Warning systems buzzer Warning systems buzzer connector J
Pawl
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010416953 K
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument lower panel LH. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation". L
2. Disconnect warning systems buzzer connector.
3. Remove warning systems buzzer from bracket on the back of the instrument lower panel LH.
M
INSTALLATION
N
DAS
DAS-205
REAR VIEW CAMERA AIR PUMP MOTOR
REAR VIEW CAMERA AIR PUMP MOTOR
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear bumper fascia under cover LH. Refer to EXT-19, "Exploded View".
2. Disconnect rear view camera air pump motor connector and air tubes.
3. Remove rear view camera air pump motor mounting bolts, and then remove rear view camera air pump
motor.
INSTALLATION
DAS-206
REAR VIEW CAMERA WASHER CONTROL UNIT
REAR VIEW CAMERA WASHER CONTROL UNIT
A
REMOVAL B
1. Remove luggage side lower finisher. Refer to INT-29, "Luggage side trim".
2. Disconnect rear view camera washer control unit connector.
C
3. Remove rear view camera washer control unit mounting bolts
(A), and then remove rear view camera washer control unit .
F
JMOIA0060ZZ
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. G
DAS
DAS-207
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
WARNING:
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
connectors.
WARNING:
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
• With the adoption of Auto ACC function, ACC power is automatically supplied by operating the intelligent key
NOTE:
Some ECUs operate for a certain fixed time even after ignition
NOTE:
SEF289H
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of
NOTE:
INSTRUCTION 1
1. Open the hood.
D A S - 2 0 8
PRECAUTIONS
3. Get out of the vehicle and close the driver side door. A
B
K9K engine : 4 minutes C
V9X engine : 4 minutes D
CAUTION:
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function. E
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC. F
NOTE: G
3. Open the hood. H
CAUTION: I
6. Remove 12V battery terminal. J
CAUTION:
Precaution for Work INFOID:0000000010416962
K
• When removing or disassembling each component, be careful not to damage or deform it. If a component
may be subject to interference, be sure to protect it with a shop cloth. L
• When removing (disengaging) components with a screwdriver or similar tool, be sure to wrap the component
with a shop cloth or vinyl tape to protect it.
• Protect the removed parts with a shop cloth and prevent them from being dropped.
• Replace a deformed or damaged clip. M
• If a part is specified as a non-reusable part, always replace it with a new one.
• Be sure to tighten bolts and nuts securely to the specified torque.
• After installation is complete, be sure to check that each part works properly. N
• Follow the steps below to clean components:
- Water soluble dirt:
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the dirty area.
DAS
- Oily dirt:
• Dip a soft cloth into lukewarm water with mild detergent (concentration: within 2 to 3%) and wipe the dirty
area. P
• Then dip a cloth into fresh water, wring the water out of the cloth and wipe the detergent off.
- Do not use organic solvent such as thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline.
- For genuine leather seats, use a genuine leather seat cleaner.
DAS-209
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000010416963
• Solder the repaired area and wrap tape around the soldered area.
NOTE:
A fray of twisted lines must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).
SKIB8766E
• Bypass connection is never allowed at the repaired area.

NOTE:
Bypass connection may cause CAN communication error. The
spliced wire becomes separated and the characteristics of twisted
line are lost.
SKIB8767E
• Replace the applicable harness as an assembly if error is detected on the shield lines of CAN communica-
tion line.
Precautions for Chassis control INFOID:0000000010416964
• Do not disassemble the chassis control module.

• Do not reuse if the chassis control module has been dropped.
• Do not perform ACTIVE TEST while driving the vehicle.
• Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when Active Trace Control and
Active Ride Control function operates. This is not a malfunction because it is caused by the functions that
are normally operated.
• Tachometer will rise and engine noise may be noticeable during Active Engine Brake function operation.
This is not a malfunction because it is caused by the function that is normally operated.
• Active Trace Control, Active Ride Control and Active Engine Brake are not always activated in any driving
conditions.
DAS-210
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000010416965
B
The actual shape of the tools may differ from those illustrated here.
Tool number Description
(TechMate No.) C
Tool name
— Removing trim components
(J-46534) D
Trim Tool Set
AWJIA0483ZZ
DAS
DAS-211
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
JMOIA0022ZZ
No. Component parts Function

Chassis control module controls the following systems based on
the signals from each sensor, switch, and control unit.
Chassis control module • Active engine brake
• Active ride control
• Active trace control
Refer to BRC-8, "Component Parts Location" detailed installation
ABS acutuator and electric unit (control unit)
location.
Refer to TM-217, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Location" (RE0F10D) or TM-430, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM :
TCM
Component Parts Location" (RE0F10G) detailed installation loca-
tion.
Refer to ECH-12, "Component Parts Location" (HRA2DDT), ECM-
14, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
ECM (MR20DD), ECK-12, "Component Parts Location" (K9K) or EC9-
12, "Component Parts Location" (R9M) detailed installation loca-
tion.
Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
BCM
Location" detailed installation location.
Refer to MWI-6, "Component Parts Location" detailed installation
Combination meter
location.
Refer to BRC-8, "Component Parts Location" detailed installation
Steering sensor
location.
DAS-212
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
System Description - Chassis Control INFOID:0000000010416968
• Chassis control to integrally control the driving system was adopted. B

• Chassis control module inputs the necessary information for control from CAN communication and each
switch and integrally controls each system. Refer to the following table for systems controlled and input/out-
put signals.
C
System Reference page
Active Engine Brake DAS-213, "System Description - Active Engine Brake"
D
Active Ride Control DAS-214, "System Description - Active Ride Control"
Active Trace Control DAS-214, "System Description - Active Trace Control"
SYSTEM DIAGRAM E
JMOIA0024GB
J
System Description - Active Engine Brake INFOID:0000000010416969
K
Active Engine Brake function can be switched ON/OFF through the "Chassis Control" settings on the vehicle
information display.
L
• Assist at corners - to lessen the workload of adjusting speed with
brake pedal operations at corners. Active Engine Brake function
adds small amount of deceleration by controlling the CVT gear
ratio depending on the steering input and various sensors. This M
benefits to easier traceability at corners.
DAS
ALOIA0208GB
DAS-213
SYSTEM
• Assist at breaking - To enhance braking feel, Active Engine Brake
adds deceleration by shifting the CVT gear ratio to lower side
depending on the driver’s brake pedal operation.
ALOIA0209GB
System Description - Active Ride Control INFOID:0000000010416970
The Active Ride Control function can be turned ON/OFF by turning the VDC OFF switch ON/OFF.
• Engine control - Enhances ride comfort by adding/subtracting

engine torque in an effort to control the front and rear wheel load
balance.
ALOIA0210GB
• Engine control - Enhances handling by adding/subtracting engine

torque in an effort to control the front and rear wheel load balance.
ALOIA0211GB
• Brake control - Enhances ride comfort by restraining upper body

movement with small amount of brake control when driving on
bumpy roads.
ALOIA0212GB
System Description - Active Trace Control INFOID:0000000010416971
Active Trace Control function controls the braking utilizing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit),
depending on cornering condition calculated from driver’s steering input and plural sensors. Active Trace Con-
trol function is aimed to enhance traceability at corners and smooth the vehicle movement to provide confident
driving.
DAS-214
SYSTEM
Active Trace Control function can be switched ON/OFF through the "Chassis Control" settings on the vehicle
information display. When the Active Trace Control is selected OFF, some functions will be kept ON to assist A
driver (for example, avoidance condition).
When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn OFF the VDC system, the Active Trace Control system is also com-
pletely turned OFF.
B
• Steady cornering - The change of forward and lateral acceleration
is smoothened by applying the necessary amount of brake pres-
sure.
C
E
ALOIA0213GB
• Transient steering input - Reduces lag of yaw rate against steering

operation. F
ALOIA0214GB
I
• Acceleration at corners - Restrains understeer by applying the nec-

essary amount of brake pressure to the inner wheels.
J
ALOIA0215GB
M
• Quick lane change - achieves stable vehicle behavior at quick
steering operation by applying the necessary amount of brake
pressure to the appropriate wheels.
N
DAS
P
ALOIA0216GB
Fail-Safe (Chassis Control Module) INFOID:0000000010499276
When a malfunction occurs in the chassis control module, the master warning lamp turns ON and an interrupt
is displayed on the information display of the combination meter.
DAS-215
SYSTEM
DTC Vehicle condition

The following functions are suspended.
• Active Trace Control
C1B92-00
• Active Ride Control
• Active Engine Brake
C1B93-00
• Active Ride Control (engine)
C1B94-00 • Active Trace Control
• Active Ride Control (brake)
C1B99-00
C1BA0-00 • Active Trace Control
C1BA5-00 Normal control
C1BAB-00 • Active Trace Control
C1BB2-00
C1BB3-00 • Active Trace Control
C1BB4-00 • Active Ride Control
C1BB5-00
C1BB6-00 Normal control
C1BB7-00
C1BB8-00 The following functions are suspended.
C1BB9-00
C1BBA-00 • Active Engine Brake
C1BBB-00
C1BBC-00 Normal control
C1BBD-00
C1BC0-00
C1BC1-00 The following functions are suspended.
C1BC2-00 • Active Ride Control
C1BC3-00
C1BC4-00
C1BC5-00
DAS-216
SYSTEM
A
C1BC6-00 • Active Trace Control
U1A34-00 The following functions are suspended. B
U1A35-00
U1A36-00 • Active Engine Brake
C
U1A39-00 Normal control
• Active Trace Control D
U1A3B-00
U1A42-00 The following functions are suspended.
• Active Trace Control E
U1A43-00 • Active Ride Control (engine)
U1A4A-00
• Active Trace Control F
U1A4B-00 • Active Engine Brake
The following functions are suspended. G
U1A4E-00
DAS
DAS-217
HANDLING PRECAUTION
HANDLING PRECAUTION
Precautions for Chassis Control (Engine Brake, Active Ride, and Active Trace)
INFOID:0000000010416974
CHASSIS CONTROL
• Chassis Control will not provide all the necessary controls to replace driver intervention. It is not designed to
prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the travel-
ing lane, and be in control of vehicle at all times.
• Chassis Control is primarily intended for use on well-developed freeways or highways. It may not perform
satisfactorily in certain roads, weather or driving conditions.
• Using Chassis Control under some conditions of road, corner or severe weather could lead to an unex-
pected system operation. In such conditions, driver needs to correct the vehicle's direction with driver's
steering operation to avoid accidents.
• When Chassis Control is operating, avoid excessive or sudden steering maneuvers. Otherwise, you could
lose control of the vehicle.
• Engine Brake Control is designed to enhance braking feel and traceability at corners.
• Active Ride Control is designed to enhance handling and drive comfort.
• Active Trace Control is designed to enhance traceability at corners and smooth vehicle movement for more
confident driving.
• Chassis Control may not function properly under the following conditions:
- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, wind, etc.).
- When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow, etc.
- When driving on winding or uneven roads.
- When driving with a tire that is not within normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure,
installation of spare tire, tire chains, non-standard wheels).
- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original steering parts or suspension parts.
• The functions of Chassis Control may or may not operate properly under the following conditions:
- On roads covered with water, dirt or snow, etc.
- On roads where there are sharp curves.
DAS-218
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE)
A
APPLICATION ITEM B
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as follows.
Mode Function description C

ECU identification Parts number of chassis control module can be read.
Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*1
D
Data Monitor Input/Output data in chassis control module can be read.
Active Test Send the drive signal from CONSULT to the actuator. The operation check can be performed.
• Read and save the vehicle specification (TYPE ID). E
Re/programming, Configuration
• Write the vehicle specification (TYPE ID) when replacing Chassis Control Module.
*
1: The following diagnosis information is erased by erasing.
• DTC F
• Freeze frame data (FFD)
ECU IDENTIFICATION
Chassis control module part number can be read. G

H
When “CRNT” is displayed on “self-diagnosis result”
• The system is presently malfunctioning.
When “PAST” is displayed on “self-diagnosis result”
I
• System malfunction in the past is detected, but the system is presently normal.
Freeze frame data (FFD)
J
When DTC is detected, a vehicle state shown below is recorded and displayed on CONSULT.
Item name
Display item
[Indication/Unit] K
Odometer/Trip meter
Total mileage (Odometer value) of the moment a particular.
[km]
DTC LOCAL CODE L
DTC code is displayed but not used.
[—]
CAN DIAG PERMIS CONDITION
Displays CAN network diagnosis status.
[Off/On] M
BRAKE SWITCH 1
Displays brake switch operating status (Off: close / On: open).
[Off/On]
BRAKE SWITCH 2 N
Displays brake switch operating status (Off: open / On: close).
[Off/On]
ABS
Displays ABS function status.
[NORMAL/ABNOR] DAS
TCS
Displays TCS function status.
[NORMAL/ABNOR]
VDC P
Displays VDC function status.
[NORMAL/ABNOR]
VEHICLE SPEED
Displays the vehicle speed.
[km]
FR WHEEL SPEED
Displays the rotational speed of front RH tire.
[rpm]
FL WHEEL SPEED
Displays the rotational speed of front LH tire.
[rpm]
DAS-219
Item name
Display item
[Indication/Unit]
RR WHEEL SPEED
Displays the rotational speed of rear RH tire.
[rpm]
RL WHEEL SPEED
Displays the rotational speed of rear LH tire.
[rpm]
STEERING ANG SENSOR
[deg]
SIDE G SENSOR
Displays the side G.
[G]
DECEL G SENSOR
Displays the decel G.
[G]
YAW RATE SENSOR
[deg/s]
THRTL OPENING
Displays the electric throttle position.
[%]
SHIFT POSITION
[Off / P / R / N / D (A) / S / L / B / 1 – 6 Displayed but not used.
/ M 1 – M 8 / A 1 – A 6]
PRESS SENSOR
Displays the brake fluid pressure.
[bar]
DATA MONITOR
NOTE:
Item
Description
[Unit]
IGN VOLT
Displays the ignition power supply voltage.
[V]
CONTROL MODULE MALF
Displays chassis control module malfunction.
[Off / On]
CAN DIAG STATUS
Displays CAN network diagnosis status.
[Off / On]
STP LAMP OFF RELAY 1 NOTE:
[Off / On] This item is displayed, but can not be monitored.
STP LAMP OFF RELAY 2 NOTE:
ESS RELAY NOTE:
VEHICLE SPEED
Displays the vehicle speed.
[km/m]
FR WHEEL SPEED
Displays the rotational speed of front RH tire.
[rpm]
FL WHEEL SPEED
Displays the rotational speed of front LH tire.
[rpm]
RR WHEEL SPEED
Displays the rotational speed of rear RH tire.
[rpm]
RL WHEEL SPEED
Displays the rotational speed of rear LH tire.
[rpm]
STEERING ANG SENSOR
[deg]
DECEL G SENSOR
Displays the decel G.
[G]
DAS-220
Item
Description
[Unit] A
SIDE G SENSOR
Displays the side G.
[G]
YAW RATE SENSOR B
[deg/s]
ACCELE PEDAL POSITION
Displays the accelerator pedal position.
[%] C
THROTTLE CONTROL
Displays the electric throttle status.
[NORMAL / INCORR / PREV / INPOSSI]
SHIFT POSITION D
[Off / P / R / N / D (A) / S / L / B / 1 – 6 / M 1 – Displayed but not used.
M 8 / A 1 – A 6]
BRAKE SWITCH 2 E
Displays brake switch operating status (Off: close / On: open).
[Off / On]
BRAKE SWITCH 1
Displays brake switch operating status (Off: open / On: close).
[Off / On]
F
PRESS SENSOR
Displays the brake fluid pressure.
[bar]
ABS
Displays ABS function status. G
[NORMAL / ABNOR]
ABS MALF
Displays ABS function status.
[NORMAL / ABNOR]
H
EBD
Displays EBD function status.
[NORMAL / ABNOR]
ACCELE PEDAL MALF
[NORMAL / ABNOR]
Displays the accelerator pedal status. I
TCS
[NORMAL / ABNOR]
J
TCS MALF
[NORMAL / ABNOR]
VDC
Displays VDC function status. K
[NORMAL / ABNOR]
VDC MALF
Displays VDC function status.
[NORMAL / ABNOR]
L
VDC OFF SWITCH
Displays VDC OFF switch status.
[Off / On]
PARKING BRAKE
Displayed but not used. M
[Off / On]
DRV TRQ CTRL MODE
[INITIAL / NORMAL / STOP 1 / STOP 2 / LIM- Displays the status of correction to slightly increase/decrease the drive torque.
IT 1 / PROHIBI] N
DRV TRQ CTRL PERMIS 1 Displays the permission status (basic requirement) of correction to slightly in-
[NO PER / PERMIS] crease/decrease drive torque.
DRV TRQ CTRL PERMIS 2 Displays the permission status (system requirement) of correction to slightly in- DAS
[NO PER / PERMIS] crease/decrease drive torque.
DRV TRQ CTRL STOP Displays the stop request status of correction to slightly increase/decrease drive
[REQ / NO REQ] torque. P
DRV TRQ CTRL PROHIBIT Displays the prohibition request status of correction to slightly increase/decrease
[REQ / NO REQ] drive torque.
AEB
Displays the Active Engine Brake (corner) function operating status
[Off / On]
ATC 1
Displays active trace control function operating status.
[Off / On]
DAS-221
Item
Description
[Unit]
ATC 2
[Off / On]
ATC 4
[Off / On]
BRAKE HOLD
Displays the status of Hill Start Assist function.
[INACT / ACT / RELEA]
ATC 3
[Off / On]
ATC 5
[Off / On]
ARC BRAKE Displays the brake control effect of Active Trace Control function on the informa-
[Off / On] tion display in the combination meter.
FL TIRE DISP
Displays tire status.
[DEF / 1]
FR TIRE DISP
[DEF / 1]
RL TIRE DISP
[DEF / 1]
RR TIRE DISP
[DEF / 1]
VEHICLE DISP
Displays Active Ride Control (brake) activation status.
[Off / On]
INTERRUPT DISP
Displays the interruption status.
[NOREQ / HOLD1 / HOLD2 / HDC]
TURN DISP
Displays the turn status.
[NSTEER / LEFT / RIGHT]
ALC LEVEL
Displayed but not used.
[0]
ALC STATUS
Displayed but not used.
[ACTIVE / INACT]
BRAKE HOLD DISP
Displays the brake hold status.
[INACT / ACT / RELEA]
ATC DISP
Displays Active Trace Control status.
[Off / On]
ARC BRAKE DISP
Displays the status of Active Ride Control (brake).
[Off / On]
HDC DISP
Displays the Hill Descent Control.
[Off / On]
AEB CVT PERMIT
Displays the CVT authorized state for Active Engine Brake.
[Off / On]
AEB STATUS
Displays the Active Engine Brake status.
[Off / On]
AEB COMMAND 1
Displays the relative command value of Active Engine Brake.
[0.0000]
AEB COMMAND 2
Displays absolute command value of Active Engine Brake.
[0.0000]
AEB SLIP RATE
Displays slip ratio of Active Engine Brake.
[%]
ATC SETTING
Displays Active Trace Control state on METER.
[Off / On]
AEB SETTING
Displays Active Engine Brake state on METER.
[Off / On]
DAS-222
ACTIVE TEST
The active test is used to determine and identify details of a malfunction, based on self-diagnosis test results A
and data obtained in the DATA MONITOR. In response to instructions from CONSULT, instead of those from
chassis control module on the vehicle, a drive signal is sent to the actuator to check its operation.
CAUTION: B
• Never perform ACTIVE TEST while driving the vehicle.
• Always bleed air from brake system before active test.
• Never perform active test when system is malfunctioning.
NOTE: C
• When active test is performed while depressing the brake pedal, the brake pedal depressing stroke may
change. This is not a malfunction.
• During an active test, sometimes a chassis control warning is displayed and the master warning lamp illumi- D
nates on the information display in the combination meter; however, this is not a malfunction.
Test item Operation Description

E
BRAKE ACTUATOR 1 MODE 1 Start Controls brake fluid pressure.
BRAKE ACTUATOR 1 MODE 3 Start Controls brake fluid pressure. F
G
BRAKE ACTUATOR 3 MODE 2 Start Controls brake fluid pressure. H
If touching “On” with the master warning lamp not illuminated, the master warn-
On
MASTER WARNING ACTIVE ing lamp illuminates. Stops in approximately 1 minute. I
Off The master warning lamp turns OFF. (vehicle in normal state)
On Displays the front LH tire on the information display in the combination meter.
FL TIRE DISP J
Does not display the front LH tire on the information display in the combination
Off
meter.
On Displays the front RH tire on the information display in the combination meter.
K
FR TIRE DISP Does not display the front RH tire on the information display in the combination
Off
meter.
On Displays the rear LH tire on the information display in the combination meter.
L
RL TIRE DISP Does not display the rear LH tire on the information display in the combination
Off
meter.
On Displays the rear RH tire on the information display in the combination meter. M
RR TIRE DISP Does not display the rear RH tire on the information display in the combination
Off
meter.
Does not display the turning status on the information display in the combina- N
NO DISP
tion meter.
Displays the LH turning status on the information display in the combination
LH
TURN DISP meter.
DAS
Displays the RH turning status on the information display in the combination
RH
meter.
ROUND Displayed but not used.
P
Displays active trace control function active status on the information display in
On
the combination meter.
ATC 1 DISP
Displays active trace control function inactive status on the information display
Off
in the combination meter.
DAS-223
Test item Operation Description
On
ATC 2 DISP
Off
Displays Hill Descent Control active status on the information display on the
On
combination meter.
HDC DISP
Displays Hill Descent Control inactive status on the information display on the
Off
combination meter.
Displays inactive status of controls on the information display on the combina-
INACT
tion meter.
Displays ready status of Hill Start Assist on the information display on the com-
READY
bination meter.
BRAKE HOLD DISP
Displays active status of Hill Start Assist on the information display on the com-
ACTIVE
bination meter.
Displays inactive status of controls on the information display on the combina-
ERROR
tion meter.
Displays Active Engine Brake (corner) active status on the information display
On
AEB DISP
Displays Active Engine Brake (corner) inactive status on the information dis-
Off
play in the combination meter.
Displays Active Ride Control (brake) active status on the information display in
On
VEHICLE DISP
Displays Active Ride Control (brake) inactive status on the information display
Off
Displays inactive status of controls on the information display in the combina-
NO REQ
tion meter.
Displays ready status of Hill Start Assist on the information display in the com-
READY
bination meter.
INTERRUPT DISP
Displays active status of Hill Start Assist on the information display in the com-
ACTIVE
bination meter.
Displays Hill Descent Control active status on the information display in the
HDC
combination meter.
On
ATC 3 DISP
Off
RE/PROGRAMMING, CONFIGURATION
Configuration includes the following functions.
Function Description
Allows the reading of vehicle specification (Type ID) written in Chassis Con-
Before replacing ECU
trol Module to store the specification in CONSULT.
Read/Write Configuration
Allows the writing of vehicle information (Type ID) stored in CONSULT into
After replacing ECU
the Chassis Control Module.
Allows the writing of vehicle specification (Type ID) into the Chassis Control
Manual Configuration
Module by hand.
CAUTION:
Use “Manual Configuration” only when “TYPE ID” of Chassis Control Module cannot be read.
DAS-224
CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

B
CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE

NOTE: C
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation D

IGN VOLT Ignition switch ON 10 − 16 V
When chassis control module is normal Off
E
CONTROL MODULE MALF When chassis control module malfunction is
On
detected
When diagnosis of CAN communication mal- F
Off
function is detected
CAN DIAG STATUS
When diagnosis of CAN communication is nor-
On
mal
G
STP LAMP OFF RELAY 1 Displayed but not used. —
STP LAMP OFF RELAY 2 Displayed but not used. —
ESS RELAY Displayed but not used. — H
Vehicle Stopped 0 km/h (0 MPH)
VEHICLE SPEED Almost same reading as speedometer
Driving* (within ±10%) I
Vehicle stopped 0 rpm
FR WHEEL SPEED
Driving* Increases according to vehicle speed
J
FL WHEEL SPEED
K
RR WHEEL SPEED
Vehicle stopped 0 rpm L
RL WHEEL SPEED
* Increases according to vehicle speed
Driving
When driving straight 0±3.5 deg
M
STEERING ANG SENSOR When steering wheel is steered to RH by 90° Approx. +90 deg
When steering wheel is steered to LH by 90° Approx. −90 deg
Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 G N
DECEL G SENSOR When during acceleration Positive value
When during deceleration Negative value
DAS
Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 G
SIDE G SENSOR When right turn Negative value
When left turn Positive value P
Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 deg/s
YAW RATE SENSOR When right turn Negative value
When left turn Positive value
When accelerator pedal is released 0%
ACCELE PEDAL POSITION
When accelerator pedal is depressed 0 − 100%
DAS-225
Monitor item Condition Reference values in normal operation
When electric throttle control actuator is normal NORMAL
When the electric throttle control actuator does
not achieve the requirement (measured value INCORR
is inaccurate)
THROTTLE CONTROL When the electric throttle control actuator does
not achieve the requirement (temporary pre- PREV
vention)
When the electric throttle control actuator does
IMPOSSI
not achieve the requirement (impossible)
SHIFT POSITION Selector lever in any position Displayed but not used
When brake pedal is not depressed Off
BRAKE SWITCH 2
When brake pedal is depressed On
When brake pedal is depressed Off
BRAKE SWITCH 1
When brake pedal is not depressed On
When brake pedal is not depressed Approx. 0 bar
PRESS SENSOR
when brake pedal is depressed 0 − 255 bar
When ABS function is normal NORMAL
ABS
When ABS function malfunction is detected ABNOR
When ABS function is normal NORMAL
ABS MALF
When ABS function malfunction is detected ABNOR
When EBD function is normal NORMAL
EBD
When EBD function malfunction is detected ABNOR
When accelerator pedal is normal NORMAL
ACCELE PEDAL MALF When accelerator pedal malfunction is detect-
ABNOR
ed
When TCS function is normal NORMAL
TCS
When TCS function malfunction is detected ABNOR
When TCS function is normal NORMAL
TCS MALF
When TCS function malfunction is detected ABNOR
When VDC function is normal NORMAL
VDC
When VDC function malfunction is detected ABNOR
When VDC function is normal NORMAL
VDC MALF
When VDC function malfunction is detected ABNOR
When VDC OFF switch is OFF Off
VDC OFF SWITCH
When VDC OFF switch is ON On
When parking brake is inactive Displayed but not used
PARKING BRAKE
When parking brake is active Displayed but not used
When correction coefficients are initialized INITIAL
When correction is executed NORMAL
When correction is stopped (computing is im-
STOP 1
possible)
DRV TRQ CTRL MODE
When correction is stopped (computing is pos-
STOP 2
sible)
When correction is limited LIMIT 1
When correction is prohibited PROHIBI
DAS-226
A
When correction is permitted (basic require-
PERMIS
ment)
DRV TRQ CTRL PERMIS 1
When correction is not permitted (basic re-
NO PER B
quirement)
When correction is permitted (system require-
PERMIS
ment)
DRV TRQ CTRL PERMIS 2 C
When correction is not permitted (system re-
NO PER
quirement)
When correction is requested to stop REQ
DRV TRQ CTRL STOP D
When correction is not requested to stop NO REQ
When prohibition of correction is requested REQ
DRV TRQ CTRL PROHIBIT
When prohibition of correction is not requested NO REQ E
When Active Engine Brake (corner) function is
On
active
AEB
When Active Engine Brake (corner) function is F
Off
inactive
When active trace control function is inactive Off
ATC 1
When active trace control function is active On G
ATC 2
When active trace control function is active On
H
ATC 4
When Hill Start Assist function is inactive. INACT I
BRAKE HOLD When Hill Start Assist function is ready. ACT
When Hill Start Assist function is active. RELEA
J
ATC 3
When active trace control function is inactive Off K
ATC 5
When Active Ride Control (Brake) function is
not displayed on the information display in the Off L
combination meter
ARC BRAKE
displayed on the information display in the On
M
combination meter
When the front LH tire is not displayed on the
DEF
information display in the combination meter
FL TIRE DISP N
When the front LH tire is displayed on the infor-
1
mation display in the combination meter
When the front RH tire is not displayed on the
DEF DAS
FR TIRE DISP
When the front RH tire is displayed on the infor-
1
P
When the rear LH tire is not displayed on the in-
DEF
formation display in the combination meter
RL TIRE DISP
When the rear LH tire is displayed on the infor-
1
DAS-227
When the rear RH tire is not displayed on the
DEF
RR TIRE DISP
When the rear RH tire is displayed on the infor-
1
When active ride control (brake) effect is not
displayed on the information display in the Off
combination meter
VEHICLE DISP
When active ride control (brake) effect is dis-
played on the information display in the combi- On
nation meter
When interrupt display is not displayed on the
NOREQ
When Hill Start Assist function (ready) is dis-
played on the information display in the combi- HOLD1
nation meter
INTERRUPT DISP When Hill Start Assist function (active) is dis-
played on the information display in the combi- HOLD2
nation meter
When Hill Descent Control function is dis-
played on the information display in the combi- HDC
nation meter
When the straight-ahead status is displayed on
the information display in the combination N STEER
meter
When the left turning status is displayed on the
TURN DISP LEFT
When the right turning status is displayed on
the information display in the combination RIGHT
meter
When Active Lane Control is turned ON. Displayed but not used
ALC LEVEL When Active Lane Control is operational or is
Displayed but not used
operating.
When Active Lane Control is OFF Displayed but not used
ALC STATUS
When Active Lane Control is ON Displayed but not used
When Hill Start Assist function is not displayed
on the information display in the combination INACT
meter
When Hill Start Assist function (ready) is dis-
BRAKE HOLD DISP played on the information display in the combi- ACT
nation meter
When Hill Start Assist function (active) is dis-
played on the information display in the combi- RELEA
nation meter
When the activation of Active Trace Control is
not displayed on the information display on the Off
combination meter
ATC DISP
When the activation of Active Trace Control is
displayed on the information display on the On
combination meter
not displayed on the information display in the Off
combination meter
ARC BRAKE DISP
displayed on the information display in the On
combination meter
DAS-228
A
When Hill Descent Control function is not dis-
played on the information display in the combi- Off
nation meter
HDC DISP
When Hill Descent Control function is dis- B
played on the information display in the combi- On
nation meter
When transaxle control is inactive Off C
AEB CVT PERMIT
When transaxle control is active On
When Active Engine Brake function is ON On
AEB STATUS D
When Active Engine Brake function is OFF Off
0G
active
AEB COMMAND 1 E
0 – 0.1023 G
inactive
NOTE:
AEB COMMAND 2 — This item is displayed, but can not be mon- F
itored.
The calculation value of slip ratio when Active
0 – 100 %
Engine Brake (corner) function is active G
AEB SLIP RATE
The calculation value of slip ratio when Active
0%
Engine Brake (corner) function is inactive
When active trace control function is ON by H
On
steering switch
ATC SETTING
When active trace control function is OFF by
Off
steering switch I
When Active Engine Brake function is ON by
On
steering switch
AEB SETTING
When Active Engine Brake function is OFF by J
Off
steering switch
*: Check tire pressure under normal conditions.
K
TERMINAL LAYOUT
L
N
JSOIA1076ZZ
DAS
PHYSICAL VALUES
DAS-229
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
3
CAN-L — — — —
(P)
4
CAN-H — — — —
(L)
7
Chassis communication-L — — — —
(W)
8
Chassis communication-H — — — —
(W)
Ground
10
Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON 6.4 − 16 V
(BR)
11
Chassis communication-L — — — —
(L)
Igni-
12 tion
Ground — — 0V
(B) switch
ON
19
Chassis communication-H — — — —
(L)
Fail-Safe (Chassis Control Module) INFOID:0000000010416977
When a malfunction occurs in the chassis control module, the master warning lamp turns ON and an interrupt
is displayed on the information display of the combination meter.

C1B92-00
C1B93-00
C1B99-00
C1BA5-00 Normal control
C1BAB-00 • Active Trace Control
DAS-230
A
C1BB2-00
C1BB3-00 • Active Trace Control
C1BB4-00 • Active Ride Control
B
C1BB5-00
C1BB6-00 Normal control
C1BB7-00 C
C1BB8-00 The following functions are suspended.
C1BB9-00
• Active Ride Control D
C1BBA-00 • Active Engine Brake
C1BBB-00
C1BBC-00 Normal control E
C1BBD-00
• Active Ride Control F
C1BC0-00
C1BC1-00 The following functions are suspended. G
C1BC2-00 • Active Ride Control
C1BC3-00
H
C1BC4-00
C1BC5-00 I
C1BC6-00 • Active Trace Control
• Active Ride Control (brake) J
U1A35-00
• Active Ride Control K
U1A36-00 • Active Engine Brake
U1A39-00 Normal control
The following functions are suspended. L
U1A3B-00
M
U1A43-00 • Active Ride Control (engine)
U1A48-00 The following functions are suspended. N
U1A4A-00
U1A4B-00 • Active Engine Brake
DAS
U1A4E-00

P
When multiple DTCs are displayed simultaneously, check them one by one according to the following priority
list.
DAS-231
Priority Detected item (DTC)

1 • U1000-00 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
• U1A34-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMM
• U1A35-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMM
• U1A36-00 BCM/IPDM COMM
• U1A39-00 COMBINATION METER COMM
• U1A3B-00 TCM COMM
• U1A3F-00 AV COMM
2
• U1A42-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMM
• U1A43-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMM
• U1A48-00 ECM/HPCM COMM
• U1A4A-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)
• U1A4B-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)
• U1A4E-00 ECM/HPCM COMM
3 • C1BBD-00 VARIANT CODING
• C1B92-00 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
• C1B93-00 ENGINE/HEV SYSTEM
• C1B94-00 TM SYSTEM
• C1BA0-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CTRL BRAKE SYS
• C1BA2-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
• C1BA5-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CTRL ENGINE SYS
• C1BAB-00 STOP LAMP SW
4
• C1BC0-00 FR WHEEL SENSOR
• C1BC1-00 FL WHEEL SENSOR
• C1BC2-00 RR WHEEL SENSOR
• C1BC3-00 RL WHEEL SENSOR
• C1BC4-00 DECEL G SENSOR
• C1BC5-00 SIDE G SENSOR
• C1BC6-00 PRESSURE SENSOR
• C1BB5-00 IGN POWER SUPPLY
5
• C1BB6-00 IGN POWER SUPPLY
• C1B95-00 CONTROL MODULE
• C1B99-00 CONTROL MODULE
• C1BB2-00 CONTROL MODULE
6 • C1BB7-00 CONTROL MODULE
• C1BBA-00 CONTROL MODULE
• C1BBB-00 CONTROL MODULE
• C1BBC-00 CONTROL MODULE
DTC Display item Refer to

C1B92-00 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM DAS-243, "DTC Description"
C1B93-00 ENGINE/HEV SYSTEM DAS-245, "DTC Description"
C1B94-00 TM SYSTEM DAS-247, "DTC Description"
C1B95-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-249, "DTC Description"
C1B99-00 CONTROL NODULE DAS-250, "DTC Description"
C1BA0-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CTRL BRAKE SYS DAS-251, "DTC Description"
C1BA2-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR DAS-253, "DTC Description"
C1BA5-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CTRL ENGINE SYS DAS-255, "DTC Description"
C1BAB-00 STOP LAMP SW DAS-256, "DTC Description"
C1BB2-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-258, "DTC Description"
DAS-232
DTC Display item Refer to
A
C1BB5-00 IGN POWER SUPPLY DAS-261, "DTC Description" B
C1BB6-00 IGN POWER SUPPLY DAS-263, "DTC Description"
C1BB8-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-266, "DTC Description" C
C1BBA-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-268, "DTC Description"
D
C1BBB-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-269, "DTC Description"
C1BBC-00 CONTROL MODULE DAS-270, "DTC Description"
C1BBD-00 VARIANT CODING DAS-271, "DTC Description" E
C1BC0-00 FR WHEEL SENSOR DAS-272, "DTC Description"
C1BC1-00 FL WHEEL SENSOR DAS-274, "DTC Description"
F
C1BC2-00 RR WHEEL SENSOR DAS-276, "DTC Description"
C1BC3-00 RL WHEEL SENSOR DAS-278, "DTC Description"
C1BC4-00 DECEL G SENSOR DAS-280, "DTC Description" G
C1BC5-00 SIDE G SENSOR DAS-282, "DTC Description"
C1BC6-00 PRESSURE SENSOR DAS-284, "DTC Description"
H
U1000-00 CAN COMMUNICATION DAS-287, "DTC Description"
U1A34-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMM DAS-287, "DTC Description"
U1A35-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMM DAS-289, "DTC Description" I
U1A36-00 BCM/IPDM COMM DAS-291, "DTC Description"
U1A39-00 COMBINATION METER COMM DAS-293, "DTC Description"
U1A3B-00 TCM COMM DAS-295, "DTC Description"
J
U1A42-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMM DAS-297, "DTC Description"

U1A43-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMM DAS-299, "DTC Description"
K
U1A48-00 ECM/HPCM COMM DAS-301, "DTC Description"
U1A4A-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN) DAS-303, "DTC Description"
U1A4B-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN) DAS-304, "DTC Description" L
U1A4E-00 ECM/HPCM COMM DAS-305, "DTC Description"
DAS
DAS-233
CHASSIS CONTROL
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
WIRING DIAGRAM
CHASSIS CONTROL
JROWC2551GB
DAS-234
CHASSIS CONTROL
DAS
JROWC2210GB
DAS-235
CHASSIS CONTROL
JROWC2211GB
DAS-236
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
BASIC INSPECTION A
B
DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FROM THE CUSTOMER C
Clarify customer complaints before inspection. First of all, perform an interview utilizing DAS-238, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet" and reproduce the symptom as well as fully understand it. Ask customer about his/her complaints
carefully. Check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer, if necessary. D
CAUTION:
Customers are not professional. Never guess easily like “maybe the customer means that...,” or
“maybe the customer mentions this symptom”. E
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYMPTOM F
Reproduce the symptom that is indicated by the customer, based on the information from the customer
obtained by the interview. Also check that the symptom is not caused by fail-safe mode. Refer to DAS-230,
"Fail-Safe (Chassis Control Module)". G
CAUTION:
When the symptom is caused by normal operation, fully inspect each portion and obtain the under-
standing of customer that the symptom is not caused by a malfunction. H
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS I
With CONSULT
1. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result“ for “CHASSIS CONTROL“. J
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Record or print self-diagnosis results and freeze frame data (FFD). GO TO 4.
NO >> Inspection End. K
4.RECHECK THE SYMPTOM
With CONSULT
Perform DTC confirmation procedures for the malfunctioning system. L
NOTE:
If some DTCs are detected at the some time, determine the order for performing the diagnosis based on DAS-
231, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart". M
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check harness and connectors based on the information obtained by the interview. Refer to DAS- N
210, "Precautions for Harness Repair".
5.REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
DAS
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
2. Reconnect part or connector after repairing or replacing.
3. When DTC is detected, erase “Self Diagnostic Result“ for “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
P
>> GO TO 6.
6.FINAL CHECK
With CONSULT
1. Check the reference value for “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Recheck the symptom and check that the symptom is not reproduced on the same conditions.
DAS-237
Is the symptom reproduced?
YES >> GO TO 3.
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000010416982
Description
• In general, customers have their own criteria for a symptom. Therefore, it is important to understand the
symptom and status well enough by interviewing the customer about the symptom carefully. To systemize all
the information for the diagnosis, prepare the interview sheet referring to the interview points.
• In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may cause a DTC to be detected.
INTERVIEW SHEET SAMPLE
Interview sheet
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
Engine, Trac-
Storage date Mileage km ( Mile)
tion motor
Does not operate ( ) function
Warning lamp for ( ) turns ON.
Symptom Noise Vibration
Other
( )
First occurrence Recently Other ( )
Frequency of occurrence Always Under a certain conditions of Sometimes ( time(s)/day)
Irrelevant
Climate con- Weather Fine Cloud Rain Snow Others ( )

ditions Temperature Hot Warm Cool Cold Temperature [Approx. °C ( °F)]
Relative humidity High Moderate Low
Urban area Suburb area Highway
Road conditions
Mountainous road (uphill or downhill) Rough road
Irrelevant
When traction motor starts During idling
During driving During acceleration At constant speed driving
Operating condition, etc.
During deceleration
During cornering (right curve or left curve)
When steering wheel is steered (to right or to left)
Other conditions
DAS-238
Interview sheet
A
Registration Initial year
Customer number registration
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type VIN
B
Engine, Trac-
Storage date Mileage km ( Mile)
tion motor
Vehicle equipment
C
Memo
F
DAS
DAS-239
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CHASSIS CONTROL MOD-
ULE
When replaced the chassis control module, configuration of the chassis control module is required. Refer to
DAS-241, "Work Procedure".
DAS-240
CONFIGURATION (CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE)
A
CAUTION: B
• Use “Manual Configuration” only when “TYPE ID” of the chassis control module cannot be read.
• After configuration, turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON and check that the chassis control warn-
ing to information display of combination meter displays OFF after staying illuminated for approxi-
mately two seconds. C
• If an error occurs during configuration, start over from the beginning.
1.CHECKING TYPE ID (1)
D
Use FAST (service parts catalogue) to search the chassis control module of the applicable vehicle and find
“Type ID”.
Is “Type ID” displayed? E
YES >> Print out “Type ID” and GO TO 2.
NO >> “Configuration” is not required for the chassis control module. Replace in the usual manner. Refer
to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation".
F
2.CHECKING TYPE ID (2)
CONSULT Configuration
1. Select “Before Replace ECU” of “Read/Write Configuration”. G
2. Check that “Type ID” is displayed on the CONSULT screen.
Is “Type ID” displayed?
YES >> GO TO 3. H
NO >> GO TO 7.
3.VERIFYING TYPE ID (1)
I
Compare a “Type ID” displayed on the CONSULT screen with the one searched by using FAST (service parts
catalogue) to check that these “Type ID” agree with each other.
NOTE: J
For the “Type ID” searched by using FAST (service parts catalog), use the last five digits of the “Type ID”.
>> GO TO 4. K
4.SAVING TYPE ID
CONSULT Configuration L
Save “Type ID” on CONSULT.
>> GO TO 5. M
5.REPLACING CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE (1)
Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation". N
>> GO TO 6.
6.WRITING (AUTOMATIC WRITING) DAS
1. Select “After Replace ECU” of “Re/programming, Configuration” or that of “Read / Write Configuration”.
2. Select the “Type ID” agreeing with the one stored on CONSULT and the one searched by using FAST P
(service parts catalogue) to write the “Type ID” into the chassis control module.
NOTE:
>> GO TO 9.
7.REPLACING CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE (2)
DAS-241
Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 8.
8.WRITING (MANUAL WRITING)
1. Select “Manual Configuration”.
2. Select the “Type ID” searched by using FAST (service parts catalogue) to write the “Type ID” into the
chassis control module.
NOTE:
>> GO TO 9.
9.VERIFYING TYPE ID (2)
Compare “Type ID” written into the chassis control module with the one searched by using FAST (service parts
catalogue) to check that these “Type ID” agree with each other.
NOTE:
>> GO TO 10.
10.CHECKING CHASSIS CONTROL WARNING
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Turn the ignition switch ON and check that the chassis control warning to information display of combina-
tion meter displays OFF after staying illuminated for approximately two seconds.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Perform the “Self Diagnostic Result” of “CHASSIS CONTROL”. Refer to DAS-219, "CONSULT
Function".
11.PERFORMING SUPPLEMENTARY WORK
1. Perform the self-diagnosis of all systems.
2. Erase self-diagnosis results.
>> End of work.
DAS-242
C1B92-00 BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010416985
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

C
Display Item
DTC Malfunction detected condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM When a malfunction is detected in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) sys-
C1B92-00 D
(Brake control system) tem.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) system E
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
The following functions are suspended. F
• Active Ride Control function
• Active Trace Control function
• Active Engine Brake function G
1.PRECONDITIONING H
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
J
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON.
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON. K
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
Is DTC “C1B92-00” detected?
YES >> Proceed to DAS-243, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
M
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)

N
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC detected? DAS
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-53, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS P
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more.
4. Perform “All DTC Reading”.
Is DTC “C1B92”, “U1000” or other DTC detected?
DAS-243
YES (“C1B92-00”)>>Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation".
YES (“U1000-00”)>>Refer to DAS-286, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES (other DTC)>>Check the DTC.
NO >> INSPECTION END
DAS-244
C1B93-00 ENGINE/HEV SYSTEM
A
Display Item
(Trouble diagnosis content) C
ENGINE/HEV SYSTEM
C1B93-00 When a malfunction is detected in ECM system.
(Engine/HEV system)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Engine system
• ECM
• Chassis control module E
FAIL-SAFE
• Active Ride Control (engine) function F
• Active Engine Brake function
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF H
>> GO TO 2. I
With CONSULT J
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis for “CHASSIS CONTROL”. K
YES >> Proceed to DAS-245, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". L
M
1.CHECK ECM SYSTEM
With CONSULT N
Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to ECH-71, "DTC Index" (HRA2DDT), ECM-93, "DTC Index" (MR20DD), DAS
ECK-97, "DTC Index" (K9K) or EC9-108, "DTC Index" (R9M)
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS P
With CONSULT
Is DTC “C1B93-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected?
DAS-245
DAS-246
C1B94-00 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
A
Display Item
TM SYSTEM
C1B94-00 When a malfunction is detected in transmission system.
(Transmission system)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Transmission system
• TCM
FAIL-SAFE
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. H
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION I
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. J
CAUTION:
Is DTC “C1B94-00” detected? K
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END L
M
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION SYSTEM
With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “TRANSMISSION”. N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to TM-267, "DTC Index" (RE0F10D) or TM-485, "DTC Index" (RE0F10G).
NO >> GO TO 2. DAS
With CONSULT P
Is DTC “C1B94-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected?
DAS-247
DAS-248
C1B95-00 CONTROL MODULE
A
Display Item
CONTROL MODULE
C1B95-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis control module.
(Control module)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
FAIL-SAFE
E
• Active Ride Control (brake) function
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF G
>> GO TO 2. H

With CONSULT I
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON. J
YES >> Proceed to DAS-249, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010416992 L
With CONSULT M
3. Turn the ignition switch ON. N
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation". DAS
DAS-249
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
CONTROL MODULE
C1B99-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis control module.
(Control module)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
With CONSULT
YES >> Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-250
C1BA0-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CONTROL BRAKE SYSTEM
A
Display Item
ADAS/CHASSIS CTRL BRAKE
When receiving from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) that the value of
SYS
C1BA0-00 the brake system signal transmitted from the chassis control module to ABS actu-
(ADAS/Chassis Control brake
ator and electric unit (control unit) is malfunctioning. D
system)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2. I
With CONSULT
J
CAUTION:
Is DTC “C1BA0-00” detected?
YES (“C1BA0-00”)>>Proceed to DAS-251, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SYSTEM
With CONSULT N
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BRC-53, "DTC Index". DAS
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT P
Is DTC “C1BA0-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“C1BA0-00”)>>Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-251
DAS-252
C1BA2-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
A
Display Item
C1BA2-00 When a malfunction is detected in steering angle sensor system.
(Steering angle sensor)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Steering angle sensor
E
FAIL-SAFE
• Active Ride Control (engine) function
• Active Trace Control function F
1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION: J
K
L
1.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SYSTEM M

With CONSULT
Is DTC detected? N
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS DAS
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “CHASSIS CONTROL”. P
DAS-253
DAS-254
C1BA5-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CONTROL ENGINE SYSTEM
C1BA5-00 ADAS/CHASSIS CONTROL ENGINE SYSTEM
A
Display Item
ADAS/CHASSIS CTRL ENGINE
SYS • When receiving from ECM that the value of the engine system signal transmitted
C1BA5-00
(ADAS/Chassis control engine from the chassis control module to ECM is malfunctioning.
system) D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Chassis Control Module E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
G
>> GO TO 2.
H
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
Be sure to wait of 10 seconds after turning ignition switch OFF or ON. I
YES >> Proceed to DAS-255, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
K
1.CHECK ECM SYSTEM L

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “ECM”.
Is DTC detected? M
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to ECH-71, "DTC Index" (HRA2DDT), ECM-93, "DTC Index" (MR20DD),
ECK-97, "DTC Index" (K9K) or EC9-108, "DTC Index" (R9M).
NO >> GO TO 2.
N
With CONSULT
1. Erase self-diagnosis result for “CHASSIS CONTROL”. DAS
4. Perform “All DTC Reading”. P
DAS-255
C1BAB-00 STOP LAMP SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
STOP LAMP SW
C1BAB-00 When a malfunction is detected in stop lamp switch system.
(Stop lamp switch)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Stop lamp switch
• BCM
• Chassis Control Module
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
Is DTC “C1BAB-00” detected?
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SYSTEM

With CONSULT
Perform self-diagnosis for “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BCS-90, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
Is DTC “C1BAB-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“C1BAB-00”)>>Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-256
NO >> INSPECTION END A
DAS
DAS-257
C1BB2-00 CONTROL MODULE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
CONTROL MODULE
C1BB2-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis control module.
(Control module)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
Is DTC “C1BB2-00” detected?
With CONSULT
DAS-258
A
Display Item
CONTROL MODULE
(Control module)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
FAIL-SAFE
E
• Active Engine Brake function F
1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION: J
K
L
With CONSULT
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds or more. N
Is DTC “C1BB3-00” detected? DAS
P
DAS-259
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
CONTROL MODULE
(Control module)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
With CONSULT
DAS-260
C1BB5-00 IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
A
Display Item
IGN POWER SUPPLY Ignition power supply voltage of chassis control module is as shown below.
C1BB5-00
(Ignition power supply) • Ignition power supply voltage: 6.4 V ≥ Ignition power supply voltage
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connector
• Fuse
• Ignition power supply system E
• Battery
FAIL-SAFE F
• Active Ride Control function G
1.PRECONDITIONING H
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION J
With CONSULT
CAUTION: K
Is DTC “C1BB5-00” detected? L
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End. M
1.CHECK CONNECTOR N
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector
3. Check the connector for disconnection or looseness. DAS
4. Check the pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts, securely lock the harness connector, and GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS 1
1. Connect chassis control module harness connector.
2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” for “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
YES >> GO TO 3.
DAS-261
3.CHECK FUSE
2. Check that any of the following fuse is not fusing.

YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair the applicable circuit. And then replace the fuse.
4.CHECK CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector.
2. Check the voltage between chassis control module harness connector and ground.
Chassis control module

Ignition switch — Voltage
Connector Terminal
OFF Approx. 0 V
M43 10 Ground
ON 6.4 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
5.CHECK CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between chassis control module harness connector and ground.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M43 12 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
DAS-262
A
Display Item
IGNITION POWER SUPPLY Ignition power supply voltage of chassis control module is as shown below.
C1BB6-00
(ignition power supply) • Ignition power supply voltage: 16 V ≤ Ignition power supply voltage
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• Harness or connector
• Fuse
• Ignition power supply system E
• Battery
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
1.PRECONDITIONING
If “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” has been previously conducted, always turn the ignition switch OFF G
>> GO TO 2. H
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF to ON. I
CAUTION:
2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” for “CHASSIS CONTROL”. J
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident". K
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: Inspection End.
L
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
M
2. Disconnect chassis control module harness connector
3. Check the connector for disconnection or looseness.
4. Check the pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts, securely lock the harness connector, and GO TO 2.
DAS
2. Perform “Self Diagnostic Result” for “CHASSIS CONTROL”. P
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUSE
DAS-263

YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair the applicable circuit. And then replace the fuse.
4.CHECKCHASSIS CONTROL MODULE IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
2. Check the voltage between chassis control module harness connector and ground.

Ignition switch — Voltage
Connector Terminal
OFF Approx. 0 V
M43 10 Ground
ON 6.4 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 5.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
DAS-264
A
Display Item
CONTROL MODULE
(Control module)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
FAIL-SAFE
E
1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION: J
K
L
With CONSULT
P
DAS-265
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
CONTROL MODULE
(Control module)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
With CONSULT
DAS-266
A
Display Item
CONTROL MODULE
(Control module)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
FAIL-SAFE
E
1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION: J
K
L
With CONSULT
P
DAS-267
C1BBA-00 CONTROL MODULE
C1BBA-00 CONTROL MODULE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
CONTROL MODULE
C1BBA-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis control module.
(Control module)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
Is DTC “C1BBA-00” detected?
With CONSULT
Is DTC “C1BBA-00” detected?
DAS-268
C1BBB-00 CONTROL MODULE
C1BBB-00 CONTROL MODULE
A
Display Item
CONTROL MODULE
C1BBB-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis control module.
(Control module)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
FAIL-SAFE
E
1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION: J
Is DTC “C1BBB-00” detected?
K
L
With CONSULT
Is DTC “C1BBB-00” detected? DAS
P
DAS-269
C1BBC-00 CONTROL MODULE
C1BBC-00 CONTROL MODULE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
CONTROL MODULE
C1BBC-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis control module.
(Control module)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
Is DTC “C1BBC-00” detected?
With CONSULT
Is DTC “C1BBC-00” detected?
DAS-270
C1BBD-00 VARIANT CODING
C1BBD-00 VARIANT CODING
A
Display Item
VARIANT CODING
C1BBD-00 When variant coding is incomplete.
(Variant coding)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
FAIL-SAFE
E
1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION: J
Is DTC “C1BBD-00” detected?
K
L
With CONSULT
Is DTC “C1BBD-00” detected? DAS
YES >> Perform configuration. Refer to DAS-241, "Work Procedure".
P
DAS-271
C1BC0-00 FRONT RIGHT WHEEL SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
FR WHEEL SENSOR
C1BC0-00 When a malfunction is detected in front right wheel sensor system.
(Front right wheel sensor)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Front right wheel sensor
• Front right sensor rotor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Drive the vehicle at approx. 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approx. 1 minute.
CAUTION:
Is DTC “C1BC0-00” detected?
1.CHECK FRONT RH WHEEL SENSOR SYSTEM

With CONSULT
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
DAS-272
Is DTC “C1BC0-00”, “U1000-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“C1BC0-00”)>>Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation". A
NO >> INSPECTION END B
DAS
DAS-273
C1BC1-00 FRONT LEFT WHEEL SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
FL WHEEL SENSOR
C1BC1-00 When a malfunction is detected in front left wheel sensor system.
(Front left wheel sensor)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Front left wheel sensor
• Front left sensor rotor
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
1.CHECK FRONT LH WHEEL SENSOR SYSTEM

With CONSULT
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
DAS-274
DAS
DAS-275
C1BC2-00 REAR RIGHT WHEEL SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
RR WHEEL SENSOR
C1BC2-00 When a malfunction is detected in rear right wheel sensor system.
(Rear right wheel sensor)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Rear right wheel sensor
• Rear right sensor rotor
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
1.CHECK REAR RH WHEEL SENSOR SYSTEM

With CONSULT
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
DAS-276
DAS
DAS-277
C1BC3-00 REAR LEFT WHEEL SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
RL WHEEL SENSOR
C1BC3-00 When a malfunction is detected in rear left wheel sensor system.
(Rear left wheel sensor)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Rear left wheel sensor
• Rear left sensor rotor
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
1.CHECK REAR LH WHEEL SENSOR SYSTEM

With CONSULT
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
DAS-278
DAS
DAS-279
C1BC4-00 DECEL G SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
DECEL G SENSOR
C1BC4-00 When a malfunction is detected in decel G sensor system.
(Decel G sensor)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor [integrated in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
1.CHECK DECEL G SENSOR SYSTEM

With CONSULT
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
YES (“C1BC4-00”)>>Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-280
A
DAS
DAS-281
C1BC5-00 SIDE G SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
SIDE G SENSOR
C1BC5-00 When a malfunction is detected in side G sensor system.
(Side G sensor)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor [integrated in ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)]
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
1.CHECK SIDE G SENSOR SYSTEM

With CONSULT
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
DAS-282
A
DAS
DAS-283
C1BC6-00 PRESSURE SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
PRESSURE SENSOR
C1BC6-00 When a malfunction is detected in brake fluid pressure system.
(Pressure sensor)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SYSTEM

With CONSULT
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
DAS-284
A
DAS
DAS-285
U1000-00 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
U1000-00 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Chassis control module is not transmitting or re-
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
ceiving CAN communication signal for 2 seconds CAN communication system.
[U1000-00]
or more.

2. Perform Self Diagnostic Result for CHASSIS CONTROL.
Is DTC “U1000-00” detected?
DAS-286
U1A34-00 BRAKE CONTROL COMMUNICATION
A
Display Item
When chassis control module is not receiving CAN communication signal [be-
BRAKE CONTROL COMM
U1A34-00 tween chassis control module and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)] for
(Brake control communication)
2 seconds or more.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• CAN communication line
FAIL-SAFE
• Active Trace Control Function
• Active Ride Control Function
• Active Engine Brake Function
G
1.PRECONDITIONING H
I
>> GO TO 2.
J
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
Is DTC “U1A34-00” detected?
M
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR

N
With CONSULT
1. Select “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor”. of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
2. Check malfunction between each control unit connected to chassis control module.
DAS
Check the result of “PRESENT”?
Refer to>> LAN-39, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Control Circuit".
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>>GO TO 2.
“ABS” other than “OK”>>GO TO 3. P
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT

3. Check the chassis control module harness connector terminals No. 3 and 4 for damage or loose connec-
tion.
DAS-287
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Recheck terminals for damage or loose connection. Refer to DAS-210, "Precautions for Harness
Repair", and GO TO 5.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals (CAN communication
line) or damage or loose connection.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.PFEFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)]
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ABS”.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for “ABS”.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
Is DTC “U1000-00”, “U1A34-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“U1A34-00”)>>Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-288
A
Display Item
A calculated signal value differs between a signal transmitted from the ABS actu-
BRAKE CONTROL COMM
U1A35-00 ator and electric unit (control unit) and a signal received from chassis control mod-
(Brake control communication)
ule via CAN communication.
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
G
1.PRECONDITIONING H
I
>> GO TO 2.
J
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
M

N
With CONSULT
1. Select “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
DAS
>> Refer to LAN-39, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Control Circuit".
“ABS” other than “OK”>>GO TO 3. P

tion.
DAS-289
YES >> GO TO 5.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
3. Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals (CAN communication
line) or damage or loose connection.
YES >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
DAS-290
U1A36-00 BCM/IPDM COMMUNICATION
A
Display Item
BCM/IPDM COMM When chassis control module is not receiving CAN communication signal (be-
U1A36-00
(BCM/IPDM communication) tween chassis control module and BCM) for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• BCM
• CAN communication line E
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2. I
With CONSULT J
CAUTION:
M
With CONSULT N
Check the result of “PRESENT”? DAS
“BCM” other than “OK”>>GO TO 3.
P
tion.
DAS-291
YES >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK BCM
2. Disconnect BCM harness connector.
3. Check BCM harness connector terminals (CAN communication line) or damage or loose connection.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.PFEFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (BCM)
With CONSULT
1. Connect BCM harness connector.
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “BCM”.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for “BCM”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to BCS-90, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
DAS-292
U1A39-00 COMBINATION METER COMMUNICATION
A
Display Item
COMBINATION METER COMM
When chassis control module is not receiving CAN communication signal (be-
U1A39-00 (Combination meter communica-
tween chassis control module and combination meter) for 2 seconds or more.
tion)
D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Combination meter
1.PRECONDITIONING F
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION H
With CONSULT
CAUTION: I
Is DTC “U1A39-00” detected? J
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END K
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR L
With CONSULT
M
>> Refer to LAN-39, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Control Circuit". N
“METER/M&A” other than “OK”>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK TRANSMITTING SIDE UNIT DAS
3. Check the chassis control module harness connector terminals No. 3 and 4 for damage or loose connec- P
tion.
YES >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
DAS-293
2. Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
3. Check combination meter harness connector terminals (CAN communication line) or damage or loose
connection.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.PFEFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (COMBINATION METER)
With CONSULT
1. Connect combination meter harness connector.
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “MATER/M&A”.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for “METER/M&A”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to MWI-39, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
DAS-294
U1A3B-00 TCM COMMUNICATION
A
Display Item
TCM COMM When chassis control module is not receiving CAN communication signal (be-
U1A3B-00
(TCM communication) tween chassis control module and TCM) for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• TCM
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2. I
With CONSULT J
CAUTION:
Is DTC “U1A3B-00” detected?
M
With CONSULT N
“TRANSMISSION” other than “OK”>>GO TO 3.
P
tion.
DAS-295
YES >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK TCM
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Check TCM harness connector terminals (CAN communication line) or damage or loose connection.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.PFEFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (TCM)
With CONSULT
1. Connect TCM harness connector.
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “TRANSMISSION”.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for “TRANSMISSION”.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to TM-267, "DTC Index" (RE0F10D) or TM-485, "DTC Index" (RE0F10G).
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
Is DTC “U1000-00”, “U1A3B-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“U1A3B-00”)>>Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-296
U1A42-00 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR COMMUNICATION
A
Display Item
COMM When chassis control module is not receiving CAN communication signal (be-
U1A42-00
(Steering angle sensor communi- tween chassis control module and steering angle sensor) for 2 seconds or more.
cation) D
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Steering angle sensor E
FAIL-SAFE F
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
H
I
>> GO TO 2.
J
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
M

N
With CONSULT
DAS
“STRG” other than “OK”>>GO TO 3. P
tion.
DAS-297
YES >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
2. Disconnect steering angle sensor harness connector.
3. Check steering angle sensor harness connector terminals (CAN communication line) or damage or loose
connection.
YES >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
1. Connect steering angle sensor harness connector.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
DAS-298
A
Display Item
A calculated signal value differs between a signal transmitted from the steering an-
COMM
U1A43-00 gle sensor and a signal received from chassis control module via CAN communi-
(Steering angle sensor communi-
cation. D
cation)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Steering angle sensor E
FAIL-SAFE F
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
H
I
>> GO TO 2.
J
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
M

N
With CONSULT
DAS
“STRG” other than “OK”>>GO TO 3. P
tion.
DAS-299
YES >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
2. Disconnect steering angle sensor harness connector.
3. Check steering angle sensor harness connector terminals (CAN communication line) or damage or loose
connection.
YES >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
1. Connect steering angle sensor harness connector.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
DAS-300
U1A48-00 ECM/HPCM COMMUNICATION
A
Display Item
ECM/HPCM COMM When chassis control module is not receiving CAN communication signal (be-
U1A48-00
(ECM/HPCM communication) tween chassis control module and ECM) for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2. I
With CONSULT J
CAUTION:
M
With CONSULT N
1. Select and “CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor” of “CHASSIS CONTROL”.
“ENGINE” other than “OK”>>GO TO 3.
P
tion.
DAS-301
YES >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK ECM
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check ECM harness connector terminals (CAN communication line) or damage or loose connection.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.PFEFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (ECM)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ECM harness connector.
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ENGINE”.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
ECK-97, "DTC Index" (K9K) or EC9-108, "DTC Index" (R9M).
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
DAS-302
U1A4A-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)
U1A4A-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)
A
Display Item
CONTROL MODULE (CAN) • When a malfunction is detected in chassis control module (transmission via
U1A4A-00
[Control module (CAN)] CAN communication is impossible)
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
FAIL-SAFE
E
1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION: J
Is DTC “U1A4A-00” detected?
K
L
With CONSULT
Is DTC “U1A4A-00” detected? DAS
P
DAS-303
U1A4B-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)
U1A4B-00 CONTROL MODULE (CAN)
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display Item
CONTROL MODULE (CAN)
U1A4B-00 When a malfunction is detected in chassis control module.
[Control module (CAN)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
With CONSULT
DAS-304
U1A4E-00 ECM/HPCM COMMUNICATION
A
Display Item
ECM/HPCM COMM A calculated signal value differs between a signal transmitted from the ECM and a
U1A4E-00
(ECM/HPCM communication) signal received from chassis control module via CAN communication.
POSSIBLE CAUSE D
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
1.PRECONDITIONING G
H
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION: J
Is DTC “U1A4E-00” detected?
K
L
1.CHECK CAN DIAGNOSIS SUPPORT MONITOR M

With CONSULT
2. Check malfunction history between each control unit connected to chassis control module. N
Check the result of “PAST”?
All items are “OK”>>Refer to GI-41, "Intermittent Incident".
“TRANSMIT DIAG” is other than “OK”>>GO TO 2. DAS
“ENGINE” other than “OK”>>GO TO 3.
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. P
tion.
YES >> GO TO 5.
DAS-305
3.CHECK ECM
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check ECM harness connector terminals (CAN communication line) or damage or loose connection.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.PFEFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (ECM)
With CONSULT
1. Connect ECM harness connector.
2. Erase self-diagnosis result for “ENGINE”.
5. Perform self-diagnosis for “ENGINE”.
Is DTC detected?
ECK-97, "DTC Index" (K9K) or EC9-108, "DTC Index" (R9M)
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
Is DTC “U1000-00”, “U1A4E-00” or other DTC detected?
YES (“U1A4E-00”)>>Replace the chassis control module. Refer to DAS-312, "Removal and Installation".
DAS-306
A
1.CHECK FUSE B
C
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair the applicable circuit. And then replace the fuse. E
2.CHECK CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE IGNITION POWER SUPPLY
2. Check the voltage between chassis control module harness connector and ground. F

Ignition switch — Voltage G
Connector Terminal
OFF Approx. 0 V
M43 10 Ground
ON 6.4 – 16 V H
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness. I
J

— Continuity K
Connector Terminal
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> INSPECTION END
M
DAS
DAS-307
CHASSIS CONTROL
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
CHASSIS CONTROL
Active Engine Brake INFOID:0000000010417066
NOTE:
• For the operational conditions of Active Engine Brake, refer to DAS-213, "System Description - Active
Engine Brake".
• Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT before the symptom diagnosis. Perform the trouble diagnosis if
any DTC is detected.
Symptom Possible cause Inspection item

Active Engine Brake select- Change Active Engine Brake se-
ed OFF in the vehicle infor- lection in the vehicle information
mation display. display to ON.
System is functioning normally.
Confirm the condition with the
Certain roads, inclement customer.
weather or driving condi- Refer to DAS-218, "Precautions
No CVT gear ratio assist.
tions. for Chassis Control (Engine
Brake, Active Ride, and Active
Trace)".
• Road wheel tire condition
is abnormal
Check the road wheel tire.
• Road wheel tire size is ab-
Active Engine Brake in- normal.
operative/ineffective. Active Engine Brake select- Change Active Engine Brake se-
Continuously ed OFF in the vehicle infor- lection in the vehicle information
Refer to “STEERING WHEEL
• Wheel alignment TURNING FORCE IS HEAVY
At cornering
• Steering malfunction OR LIGHT”STC-41, "Descrip-
Lower CVT gear tion".
ratio not achieved.
While coming to a
complete stop
Trace)".
Active Ride Control INFOID:0000000010417067
NOTE:
• For the operational conditions of Active Ride Control, refer to DAS-214, "System Description - Active Ride
Control".
• Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT before the symptom diagnosis. Perform the trouble diagnosis if
DAS-308
CHASSIS CONTROL
Symptom Possible cause Inspection item A

Turn VDC OFF switch to the OFF
VDC OFF switch is engaged.
position.
Refer to “ECM” DTSs B
• ECH-71 (HRA2DDT)
• ECM-93, "DTC Index"
No Active Ride Control assist. (MR20DD)
Engine or transmission • ECK-97 (K9K) C
DTCs present. • EC9-108 (R9M)
Refer to “TCM” DTCs
• TM-267 (RE0F10D) D
• TM-485 (RE0F10G)
Confirm the condition with the E
Active Ride Control in- Bumpy ride on bumpy road. Brake, Active Ride, and Active F
operative/ineffective. Trace)".
is abnormal
Check the road wheel tire. G
normal.
Change Active Engine Brake se-
Ineffective pitch • Wheel alignment H
lection in the vehicle information
control • Steering malfunction
display to ON.
Refer to BRC-52, "DTC Inspec-
No pitch control Brake system malfunction
tion Priority Chart". I
High vehicle pitch
on bumps.
No engine torque J
control on curves
Trace)". K
Active Trace Control INFOID:0000000010417068
L
NOTE:
• For the operational conditions of Active Trace Control, refer to DAS-214, "System Description - Active Trace
Control".
• Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT before the symptom diagnosis. Perform the trouble diagnosis if M
DAS
DAS-309
CHASSIS CONTROL
Symptom Possible cause Inspection item

Active Trace Control select- Change Active Trace Control se-
ed OFF in the vehicle infor- lection in the vehicle information
Turn VDC OFF switch to the OFF
VDC OFF switch is engaged.
position.
No Active Trace Control assist. Certain roads, inclement customer.
Trace)".
Active Trace Control in-
is abnormal
operative/ineffective. Check the road wheel tire.
normal.
On turns Wheel alignment Repair alignment malfunction.
“STEERING WHEEL TURNING
While zigzagging Steering malfunction FORCE IS HEAVY OR LIGHT”
Refer to STC-41, "Description"
Excessive lag on System is functioning normally.
turns. Confirm the condition with the
With quick lane
change
Trace)".
DAS-310
A
CHASSIS CONTROL B
• Chassis Control will not provide all the necessary controls to replace driver intervention. It is not designed to
prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the travel-
ing lane, and be in control of vehicle at all times. C
• Chassis Control is primarily intended for use on well-developed freeways or highways. It may not perform
satisfactorily in certain roads, weather or driving conditions.
• Using Chassis Control under some conditions of road, corner or severe weather could lead to an unex-
pected system operation. In such conditions, driver needs to correct the vehicle's direction with driver's D
steering operation to avoid accidents.
• When Chassis Control is operating, avoid excessive or sudden steering maneuvers. Otherwise, you could
lose control of the vehicle. E
• Engine Brake Control is designed to enhance braking feel and traceability at corners.
• Active Ride Control is designed to enhance handling and drive comfort.
• Active Trace Control is designed to enhance traceability at corners and smooth vehicle movement for more
confident driving. F
• Chassis Control may not function properly under the following conditions:
- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, wind, etc.).
- When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow, etc. G
- When driving on winding or uneven roads.
- When driving with a tire that is not within normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure,
installation of spare tire, tire chains, non-standard wheels).
H
- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original steering parts or suspension parts.
• The functions of Chassis Control may or may not operate properly under the following conditions:
- On roads covered with water, dirt or snow, etc.
- On roads where there are sharp curves. I
DAS
DAS-311
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CHASSIS CONTROL]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

AWOIA0074ZZ
Steering member Chassis control module

Vehicle front
CAUTION:
When replacing chassis control module, configuration of chassis control module is required. Refer to
REMOVAL
NOTE:
If the chassis control module is replaced, user registration information is erased, and all setting items for Nis-
san InTuition related parts are erased.
1. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Release chassis control module fixing pawls, and then remove chassis control module from steering
member.
CAUTION:
Never give an impact to the chassis control module.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
When replacing chassis control module, perform configuration of chassis control module. Refer to
DAS-312
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [PARK ASSIST]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
WARNING: D
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E
F
connectors. G
WARNING: H
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing I
serious injury.
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. J
• With the adoption of Auto ACC function, ACC power is automatically supplied by operating the intelligent key K
L
NOTE:
Some ECUs operate for a certain fixed time even after ignition M
N
NOTE:
SEF289H
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of DAS
NOTE: P
INSTRUCTION 1
1. Open the hood.
DAS-313
PRECAUTIONS
3. Get out of the vehicle and close the driver side door.

K9K engine : 4 minutes
V9X engine : 4 minutes
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
NOTE:
3. Open the hood.
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
Precautions For Harness Repair INFOID:0000000010464123
ITS communication uses a twisted pair line. Be careful when repairing it.
• Solder the repaired area and wrap tape around the soldered area.
NOTE:
A fray of twisted lines must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).
SKIB8766E
DAS-314
PRECAUTIONS
• Bypass connection is never allowed at the repaired area.
NOTE: A
Bypass connection may cause ITS communication error. The
spliced wire becomes separated and the characteristics of twisted
line are lost.
B
SKIB8767E
DAS
DAS-315
DESCRIPTION
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [PARK ASSIST]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
• Around View Monitor with park assist that supports driving operation when parking is adopted.
• Around View Monitor with park assist is a function in which the system operates the steering wheel to assist
the steering operations of the driver when performing parallel parking or entering a garage.
• When the target parking position is set on the Around View Monitor, the conditions surrounding the vehicle,
the predicted course lines, and the turning guidance box, etc. are shown on the monitor, and while assisting
the drivers steering wheel operations, the system provides driving operation guidance so that the vehicle is
parked close to the set parking guidance box.
• In parallel parking mode, the parking space is detected by ultrasound waves, and the driver is notified. When
the driver performs Parking Assist start operation, the system assists steering wheel operation while guiding
driving operation, for parking maneuvers performed near the parking space.
DAS-316
COMPONENT PARTS
COMPONENT PARTS
A
G
JMOIA0054ZZ

H
• Front camera is located above the inside mirror and detect the lane
marker in travel lane.
Front camera
• Transmits lane marker signal to Around View Monitor unit via CAN
communication. I
Side camera RH • The side camera RH is installed in the door mirror RH.
• Sonar control unit controls Around View Monitor with park assist
(parallel parking mode). J
• While Around View Monitor with park assist is operating, when the
system wants to recommend an operation to the driver, and when
Sonar control unit
the system is canceled, a buzzer sounds due to a sonar output re-
quest from the Around View Monitor.
K
• Refer to SN-58, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation
location.
• Around View Monitor control unit controls Around View Monitor with L
park assist.
• Around View Monitor control unit is located at the back of the glove
box.
• Each ECU transmits and receives the required signals via CAN com- M
munication or ITS communication.
• Power is supplied to each camera by turning the ignition switch ON.
• The camera image signal received from each camera is converted
N
and compounded inside the Around View Monitor control unit and
transmitted to the NAVI control unit.
• Wheel rotation sensor signal and the operation statuses of the VDC,
TCS and ABS systems, etc. are transmitted to the Around View Mon- DAS
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) itor control unit via CAN communication.
• Refer to BRC-8, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation
location.
P
• CVT control related signal is transmitted to Around View Monitor
control unit via CAN communication.
TCM • Refer to TM-217, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Lo-
cation" (RE0F10D) or TM-430, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Compo-
nent Parts Location" (RE0F10G) for detailed installation location.
DAS-317
COMPONENT PARTS
• When Around View Monitor with park assist operates, an idling stop
prohibited signal is received from the EPS control unit and idling stop
is not performed.
ECM • Refer to ECH-12, "Component Parts Location" (HRA2DDT), ECM-
14, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
(MR20DD), ECK-12, "Component Parts Location" (K9K) or EC9-12,
"Component Parts Location" (R9M) for detailed installation location.
• EPS control unit performs Around View Monitor with park assist con-
trol by receiving the Around View Monitor with park assist status sig-
nal for switching from normal operation to parking assist mode, and
the steering angle command signal for steering operation from the
EPS control unit
Around View Monitor control unit via CAN communication.
• During Around View Monitor with park assist, the stop/start system
prohibited signal is transmitted to ECM via CAN communication so
that stop/start is not performed.
• Turn signal switch signal is transmitted to the Around View Monitor
control unit via CAN communication.
BCM
• Refer to BCS-7, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Lo-
cation" for detailed installation location.
Side camera LH • The side camera LH is installed in the door mirror LH.
• Rear view camera washer control unit is installed under the luggage
rear plate.
• Communicates with around view monitor control unit via serial com-
Rear view camera
munication line.
• Activates air pump and washer pump according to the signal from
Around View Monitor control unit.
• A buzzer sounds according to operation signal from the sonar con-
Sonar buzzer
trol unit.
• Steering angle signal is transmitted to the Around View Monitor con-
Steering angle sensor
trol unit via CAN communication.
• The NAVI control unit performs display of all lines of Around View
Monitor with park assist plotted by the Around View Monitor control
unit, all switch displays of Around View Monitor with park assist, dis-
play of guidance messages, and voice guidance.
NAVI control unit
• Camera switch signal and parking assist signal, etc. are transmitted
to the Around View Monitor control unit via CAN communication.
• Refer to AV-128, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation
location.
Sonar control unit controls Around View Monitor with park assist (par-
Sonar control unit
allel parking mode).
DAS-318
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
System Description INFOID:0000000010451331
SYSTEM DIAGRAM B
I
JMOIA0029GB
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM J

Input Signal Item
Transmit unit Signal name Description K

Receives confirmation that Around View Monitor with
CAN commu- IPA permit signal
EPS control unit park assist can operate.
nication L
EPS torque signal Receives the steering input torque.
Steering angle CAN commu- Receives the amount of rotation, angular velocity, and ro-
Steering angle sensor signal
sensor nication tational direction of the steering wheel.
M
Vehicle speed signal (ABS) Receives the wheel speed of the four wheels.
ABS actuator
CAN commu-
and electric unit VDC operation signal Receives the VDC operation status.
nication
(control unit)
VDC malfunction signal Receives the VDC malfunction status. N
CAN commu- CVT malfunction signal Receives the CVT malfunction status.
TCM
nication Shift position signal Receives the selector lever position.
CAN commu- DAS
BCM Turn signal switch signal Receives the turn signal switch position.
nication
CAN commu-
ECM ECM malfunction signal Receives the ECM malfunction status.
nication P
NAVI control ITS communi- Receives the Around View Monitor with park assist switch
IPA switch signal
unit cation status.
Sonar control CAN commu- Receives the distance to the obstacle detected by the so-
Sonar indicator signal
unit nication nar sensor.
Output Signal Item
DAS-319
SYSTEM

Steering angle command signal Transmits signal and steers the steering wheel.
Transmits the Around View Monitor with park assist oper-
CAN commu- IPA operation signal
EPS control unit ation status.
nication
Transmits the Around View Monitor with park assist mal-
IPA malfunction signal
function status.
Transmits signal and displays the Around View Monitor
IPA switch display signal
NAVI control ITS communi- with park assist switch.
unit cation Transmits signal and outputs the Around View Monitor
Guidance audio output signal
with park assist audio.
CAN commu-
Sonar control nication Transmits signals and outputs the Around View Monitor
Buzzer signal
unit ITS communi- with park assist buzzer sound.
cation
DESCRIPTION
• Around View Monitor with park assist is a function in which the system operates the steering wheel to assist
the steering operation of the driver when performing parallel parking or entering a garage.
CAUTION:
Around View Monitor with park assist does not have a function for avoiding obstacles automatically.
When driver operates the vehicle, caution should always be paid to the surroundings visually.
• When the system is operating, at the same time that the conditions surrounding the vehicle are displayed on
the Around View Monitor, display of the predicted course lines and turning guidance box, etc. is performed.
Perpendicular parking
JMOIA0048GB
DAS-320
SYSTEM
When reversing (when the A

At parking box setting When driving forward
turning box is detected)
When reversing (when the target park-
ing box is detected)
B
No. Line name Line color Function

Forward: green Displays the course for driving the ve- C
Predicted course lines
Reverse: orange hicle within the target parking box
Obstacle guidance lines Red Displays parking space guidance
D
Parking guide box Blue Displays the desired parking position
Displays the position for starting re-
Steering cut back guide box Green
versing or steering cut back
E
Parallel parking
F
JMOIA0074GB
N
When reversing (when the

At parking box setting When driving forward
turning box is detected) DAS
When reversing (when the target park-
ing box is detected)
P
Forward: green Displays the course for driving the ve-
Predicted course lines
Reverse: orange hicle within the target parking box
Parking space detection Red Displays the parking space detection
DAS-321
SYSTEM
Displays the position for starting re-
Steering cut back guide box Green
versing or steering cut back
Parking guide box Blue Displays the desired parking position
Possible parking patterns

The parking patterns which Around View Monitor with park assist supports are as follows.
Parking pattern Parking image
Perpendicular (R)
JSOIA1268ZZ JSOIA1362ZZ
Perpendicular (L)
JSOIA1269ZZ JSOIA1363ZZ
Parallel (R)
JMOIA0049ZZ
JSOIA1364ZZ
Parallel (L)
JMOIA0050ZZ
JSOIA1365ZZ
DAS-322
SYSTEM
• The Around View Monitor control unit calculates the space and amount of steering wheel turn required for A
moving to the final parking space (parking guidance box), and performs the following control.
- Depending on internal calculation and the shift position signal, the turning guidance box (green box) and the
parking guidance box (blue box) are set, a camera image signal is transmitted to the NAVI control unit and B
the target position is plotted on the screen.
- The target steering angle is calculated according to the speed signal, steering angle sensor signal, and shift
position signal. Steering angle instruction signal is transmitted to the EPS control unit via CAN communica-
tion, to control steering. C
- The sonar indicator display signal is received from the sonar control unit via CAN communication. For sonar
function, refer to In addition, in parallel parking mode, the sonar control unit performs control.
Operation conditions D
Around View Monitor with park assist switch ON condition

• When the engine is started
E
• When the Around View Monitor screen (top view) is displayed on the left side of the display
• When the vehicle speed does not exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Start switch ON condition F
• Vehicle speed 0 km/h (when the vehicle is completely stopped)
• When the steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position
• When the selector lever position is in the D range
G
Cancel conditions
• When the driver operates the steering
• When a load is applied to the steering system due to the road surface conditions (contact with curb, etc.)
• When the vehicle speed reaches approximately 7 km/h (4 MPH) or more H
• When the Around View Monitor with park assist cancel switch is pressed
• When the selector lever position is in the N range continuously for approximately 5 seconds or more
• When the selector lever position is in the P range continuously for approximately 1.5 seconds or more I
If a malfunction occurs in the Around View Monitor control unit, display control unit performs fail-safe activation J
Detection item fail-safe DTC K

POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Stops Around View Monitor with park assist C1A01
L
• Stops BSW (Blind Spot Warning) M

• Stops BSW (Blind Spot Warning) N
DAS
P
ST ANGLE SENSOR CALIBRATION • Stops BSW (Blind Spot Warning) U0428
DAS-323
SYSTEM
Steering angle • Stops the MOD (Moving Object Detection) function
ABS actuator
and electric unit
TCM
BCM
ECM
FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL U111C

R-CAMERA(R&L) CALIB JDGMNT • Stops BSW (Blind Spot Warning) U1308
• Operation is according to the vehicle setting value set as the default
U130A
U1310
LED POWER SUPPLY VOLT Stops Around View Monitor with park assist U1303
each camera image line are affected by
DAS-324
OPERATION
OPERATION
A
Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000010451334
CAMERA SWITCH B
JMOIA0030ZZ
G
No. Switch name Function
Performs switching of the camera screen and the navigation screen of the NAVI
Camera switch
control unit display.
H
DISPLAY 1
JMOIA0051GB
M

Park assist switch Turns Around View Monitor with park assist function ON. N
DAS
DAS-325
OPERATION
DISPLAY 2
JMOIA0052GB

Performs fine adjustment of the parking guidance box.
Parking box position adjustment switch NOTE:
Adjustment can be performed up to approximately 70 cm (27.6 in).
System Display and Warning INFOID:0000000010451335
SYSTEM DISPLAY
JMOIA0053GB
No. Display name Function

Camera image screen Displays the vehicle surroundings and parking guidance box, etc.
Automatic steering status display Displays while Around View Monitor with park assist is operating.
WARNING DISPLAY AND VOICE GUIDANCE
System status Warning/display Buzzer* Audio guide

OFF — — —
DAS-326
OPERATION
System status Warning/display Buzzer* Audio guide
A
Vehicle movement judg-
Ensure it is safe before maneuvering — —
ment in progress
When setting the target
parking rectangle
Stop beside parking space to start Park Assist — — B
When Park Assist starts Drive forward — “Start Park Assist”

When vehicle starts to
C
move forward (when steer- Drive forward — “Drive forward”
ing wheel is turned)
When vehicle speed is too
Reduce speed Short beep — D
fast
When the vehicle is moving
forward and moves close to
Stop and select reverse gear Long beep “Select reverse gear”
the forward/reverse start- E
ing position rectangle
When the vehicle is moving
in reverse and moves close F
ON Stop and select drive gear Long beep “Select drive gear”
to the forward/reverse
starting position rectangle
When vehicle starts to
Drive backwards — “Drive backwards” G
move in reverse
When the target parking
rectangle fine adjustment Adjust park position — —
screen is displayed H
When Park Assist ends Park Assist finished Long beep “Park Assist finished”
When D position is not se-
Select drive gear — “Park Assist could not start” I
lected
When steering wheel is not
Center steering wheel — “Park Assist could not start”
in neutral position
J
System malfunction Park Assist fault Long beep —
System limit Park Assist canceled Long beep “Park Assist canceled”
When start is not possible Park Assist unavailable — — K
*: Sonar buzzer sounds.
DAS
DAS-327
HANDLING PRECAUTION
HANDLING PRECAUTION
Precautions for Around View Monitor with Parking Assist INFOID:0000000010451336
• Around View Monitor with park assist is designed to assist steering wheel operation of the driver when park-
ing the vehicle. This function does not automatically adjust speed or avoid obstacles. The driver should
directly check the safety of the surroundings and the condition of the road surface using the mirrors and their
line of sight, as when performing normal parking operations.
• While the system is operating, move the vehicle slowly, and when it appears likely that the vehicle may con-
tact other vehicles, obstacles, or persons surrounding the vehicle, perform operations to avoid these obsta-
cles by fully depressing the brake, etc.
• Never touch the spoke part of the steering wheel while Around View Monitor with park assist is operating.
There is a risk of injuring hands or fingers. Never allow a scarf or neck tie, etc. to become entangled,
because it may result in an unexpected accident.
• Never drive the vehicle while looking only at the screen. Otherwise. it may result in contact with obstacles or
an unexpected accident.
• When assistance by Around View Monitor with park assist is no longer necessary, touch "Cancel" on the
screen and end the function. If Around View Monitor with park assist remains in operation, the steering oper-
ates automatically. This could result in an unexpected accident.
• Before using Around View Monitor with park assist, directly check visually that there is sufficient space sur-
rounding the vehicle for performing parking operations.
• Never use in the following conditions.
- Unmaintained road surfaces such as sand or gravel, etc.
- Slippery road surfaces where there is snow or ice, etc.
- Sloping roads or roads that are not flat where there is unevenness, or where there are curbs or grooves
- Mechanically operated parking lots
- When snow chains or emergency tires are installed
- When towing
- When a door (including the back door) is not closed
DAS-328
A
CONSULT FUNCTIONS B
CONSULT performs the following functions via communication with the around view monitor control unit.
Direct Diagnostic Mode Description C

ECU Identification The around view monitor control unit part number is displayed.
Self Diagnostic Result The around view monitor control unit self diagnostic results are displayed.
Data Monitor The around view monitor control unit input/output data is displayed in real time. D
Work support The settings for around view monitor control unit functions can be changed.
• The vehicle specification can be read and saved.
Configuration E
• The vehicle specification can be written when replacing around view monitor control unit.
CAN Diag Support Mntr The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication is displayed.
ECU IDENTIFICATION F
The part number of around view monitor control unit is displayed.
Refer to DAS-49, "DTC Index". G
DATA MONITOR
NOTE: H
Monitor Item Description I

ST ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates condition of steering angle sensor signal.
REVERSE SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates selector lever position.
J
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL [mph/km/h] Indicates condition of vehicle speed signal.
ILL [On/Off] Indicates status of dimmer signal.
CAMERA SWITCH SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates condition of camera switch signal. K
CAMERA OFF SIGNAL [On/Off] Indicates condition of camera OFF signal.
ST ANGLE SENSOR TYPE [Absolute] Indicates steering angle sensor type.
L
STEERING GEAR RATIO TYPE [Type O] Indicates steering gear ratio type.
STEERING POSITION [LHD/RHD] Indicates LH or RH drive type.
REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL [OK/ M
Indicates condition of camera image signal.
NG]
WASH SW [On/Off] Indicates state of wash switch indicator output.
R-CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK/NG] Indicates status of rear camera communication. N
R-CAMERA COMM LINE [OK/NG] Indicates condition of rear camera communication line.
F-CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL [OK/NG] Indicates condition of camera image signal.
DAS
F-CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK/NG] Indicates status of front camera communication.
F-CAMERA COMM LINE [OK/NG] Indicates condition of front camera communication line.
DR-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG [OK/NG] Indicates condition of driver side camera image signal. P
DR CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK/NG] Indicates status of driver side camera communication.
DR-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE [OK/
Indicates condition of driver side camera communication line.
NG]
PA-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG [OK/NG] Indicates condition of passenger side camera image signal.
PA CAMERA COMM STATUS [OK/NG] Indicates status of passenger side camera communication.
PA-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE [OK/NG] Indicates condition of passenger side camera communication line.
DAS-329
Monitor Item Description
TURN SIGNAL [Left/N/Right] Indicates status of turn signal output.
ITS SW 1 [On/Off] Indicates state of warning system switch.
ITS SW 1 IND [On/Off] Indicates state of warning system switch indicator output.
Indicates state of warning system switch.
ITS SW 2 [On/Off/No setting] NOTE:
For this vehicle, “No setting” is displayed.
Indicates state of warning system switch indicator output.
ITS SW 2 IND [On/Off] NOTE:
PUMP COMM STATUS [OK/NG] Indicates state of communication signal from pump control unit.
ITS OFF SW [On/Off] Indicates state of ITS off switch.
Indicates state of vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control
VEHICLE SPEED [km/h]
unit).
IDLE STOP STATUS [On/Off] Indicates state of stop/start system.
Indicates state of trailer hitch.
TRAILER HITCH SW [On/Off] NOTE:
STEERING ANGLE [deg] The steering angle is displayed.
ACTIVE TEST

LED RH INDICATOR This test is able to check RH LED indicator operation [LED Off/LED On].
LED LH INDICATOR This test is able to check LH LED indicator operation [LED Off/LED On].
WASH ACTIVE This test is able to check rear camera wash operation [WASH Off/WASH On].
AIR ACTIVE This test is able to check rear camera air operation [AIR Off/AIR On].
AIR & WASH ACTIVE This test is able to check rear camera air and wash operation [Off/On].
SONAR BUZZER CONTROL This test is able to check sonar buzzer operation [Off/On].
WORK SUPPORT

REAR CAMERA ITS — Displays and sets camera image calibration values.
CAUSE OF LDW CANCEL — Displays the information about reason of LDW cancellation.
CAUSE OF BSW CANCEL — Displays the information about reason of BSW cancellation.
STATUS

Performs calibration of front camera.
(FRONT CAMERA) AXIS Y
ROTATE
STATUS

Performs calibration of passenger side camera.
(PASS-SIDE CAMERA) AXIS Y
ROTATE
STATUS

Performs calibration of driver side camera.
(DR-SIDE CAMERA) AXIS Y
ROTATE
DAS-330
A
STATUS

Performs calibration of rear camera.
(REAR CAMERA) AXIS Y B
ROTATE
STATUS
SELECT C
Confirmation and adjustment of difference between each camera can
FINE TUNING OF BIRDS-EYE VIEW AXIS X
be performed.
AXIS Y
D
ROTATE
STATUS
REAR WIDE-VIEW FIXED GUIDE AXIS X E

Adjusts position of fixed guide line on rear wide view
LINE CORRECTION AXIS Y
Pattern
F
STATUS
FRONT WIDE-VIEW FIXED GUIDE AXIS X

Adjusts position of fixed guide line on front wide view
LINE CORRECTION AXIS Y G
Pattern
ON
NON-VIEWABLE AREA REMINDER ON/OFF setting of non-viewable area can be performed. H
OFF
PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE ON

ON/OFF setting of predictive course line display can be performed.
DISPLAY OFF I
INITIALIZE CAMERA IMAGE
— Factory image calibration restoration can be performed.
CALIBRATION
— Steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment can be performed.
J
ADJUSTMENT
Display Items for The Cause of LDW/BSW Cancel

K
REAR CAMERA DIRTY Rear camera lens is dirty.
L
R CAMERA COMM ERR Communication error between around view monitor control unit and rear camera. M
LOW WASH FLUID Washer fluid level is low.
LO TMP(AIR WIPING) Ambient temperature drops to -20 °C (-4 °F) or less.
LO TMP(WSH WIPING) Ambient temperature drops to -20 °C (-4 °F) or less.
N
NO RECORD —
Display Items for The Cause of IPA Cancel DAS

STRG SEN CIRCUIT A malfunction is detected in the steering angle sensor. P
VDC CIRCUIT VDC detects a malfunction.
VHCL SPD UNMATCH Malfunction is detected in vehicle speed signal.
SHIFT POSITION A shift position other than the established one is detected.
DAS-331
SONAR CIRCUIT Malfunction status in sonar control unit.
CAN COMM ERROR CAN communication signal required by Around View Monitor control unit cannot be received.
BCM CIRCUIT BCM detects a malfunction.
EPS CIRCUIT EPS control unit detects a malfunction.
CVT CIRCUIT TCM detects a malfunction.
ECM CIRCUIT ECM detects a malfunction.
DOOR OPEN Door is opened.
VDC OFF VDC OFF switch is pressed.
CONFIGURATION
Refer to AV-179, "CONFIGURATION (AROUND VIEW MONITOR CONTROL UNIT) : Description".
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
Refer to LAN-21, "CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor".
DAS-332
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [PARK ASSIST]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

B

C
Around view monitor control unit is not receiving steering angle
Off
sensor signal.
ST ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL D
Around view monitor control unit is receiving steering angle sen-
On
sor signal.
When selector lever is in any position other than R (reverse). Off E
REVERSE SIGNAL
When selector lever in R (reverse). On
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL While driving, equivalent to speedometer reading mph, km/h
Illumination is ON On F
ILL
Illumination is OFF Off
CAMERA switch OFF. Off
CAMERA SWITCH SIGNAL G
CAMERA switch ON. On
CAMERA switch ON. Off
CAMERA OFF SIGNAL
CAMERA switch OFF. On H
ST ANGLE SENSOR TYPE Steering angle sensor type. Absolute
STEERING GEAR RATIO TYPE Steering gear ratio type. Type O
I
Left hand drive vehicle. LHD
STEERING POSITION
Right hand drive vehicle. RHD
Rear camera inoperative. NG J
REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
Rear camera operative. OK
Wash switch signal is pressed On
WASH SW K
Wash switch signal is not pressed Off
Rear camera serial status is OK OK
R-CAMERA COMM STATUS
Rear camera serial status is not OK NG L
Rear camera serial communication signal is received OK
R-CAMERA COMM LINE
Rear camera serial communication signal is not received NG
Front camera inoperative. NG
M
F-CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
Front camera operative. OK
Front camera serial status is OK OK
F-CAMERA COMM STATUS N
Front camera serial status is not OK NG
Front camera serial communication signal is received OK
F-CAMERA COMM LINE
Front camera serial communication signal is not received NG DAS
Driver side camera inoperative. NG
DR-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG
Driver side camera operative. OK
P
Driver side camera serial status is OK OK
DR CAMERA COMM STATUS
Driver side camera serial status is not OK NG
Driver side camera serial communication signal is received OK
DR-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE
Driver side camera serial communication signal is not received NG
Passenger side camera inoperative. NG
PA-SIDE CAMERA IMAGE SIG
Passenger side camera operative. OK
DAS-333
Passenger side camera serial status is OK OK
PA CAMERA COMM STATUS
Passenger side camera serial status is not OK NG
Passenger side camera serial communication signal is received OK
PA-SIDE CAMERA COMM LINE Passenger side camera serial communication signal is not re-
NG
ceived
Turn signal left is received Left
TURN SIGNAL Turn signal neutral is received N
Turn signal right is received Right
ITS switch is pressed On
ITS SW 1
ITS switch is not pressed Off
Indicator of ITS switch is lighting On
ITS SW 1 IND
Indicator of ITS switch is not lighting Off
ITS SW 2 For this vehicle, the displaying is fixed No SET
ITS SW 2 IND For this vehicle, the displaying is fixed Off
Pump communication signal is received On
PUMP COMM STATUS
Pump communication signal is not received Off
Vehicle stopped 0 km/h
VEHICLE SPEED Almost same reading as
Driving
speedometer
Stop/start system operates On
IDLE STOP STATUS
Stop/start system not operates Off
TRAILER HITCH SW For this vehicle, the displaying is fixed Off
The steering wheel is not steered Approx. 0 deg
STEERING ANGLE Displays steering angle
The steering wheel is steered
(deg)
TERMINAL LAYOUT
AWNIA3349ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
With Pump Control Unit
Terminal
Output switch
1
(B)
2
(Y)
3
(SB)
DAS-334
Terminal
Output switch
LDW/BSW detected (while B
12 V
7 driving)
Ground BSW LED signal L Output —
(R) LDW/BSW is not detected
0V
(while driving) C
12 V
8 driving)
Ground BSW LED signal R Output —
(P) LDW/BSW is not detected D
0V
(while driving)
27 Input/
— CAN (H) — — —
(L) Output E
28 Input/
— CAN (L) — — —
(R) Output
36 Washer signal AVM to F
Ground Output ON Washer pump operated 5V
(BR) pump
37
Ground Pump signal ground Input ON — 0V
(V)
G
38 Washer signal pump to
Ground Input ON Washer pump operated 5V
(GR) AVM

Ground Camera image signal Output ON I
(G) play
SKIB2251J J
— — — — —
(Shield) shield
49
— Rear camera serial signal
Input/
— — —
K
(LG) Output
CAMERA selected
50 or L
position.
52
Ground Rear camera ground — ON — 0V M
(B)
CAMERA selected N
53 54 or
position.
DAS
JSNIA0834GB
CAMERA selected
P
position.
(Y) ground
DAS-335
Terminal
Output switch
CAMERA selected
59 60 Side camera (driver side) or
Input ON
position.
JSNIA0834GB
CAMERA selected
position.
(L) side) ground
CAMERA selected
Input ON
position.
JSNIA0834GB
CAMERA selected
68 or
position.
70
(V)
CAMERA selected
71 72 or
position.
JSNIA0834GB
Without Pump Control Unit
Terminal
Output switch
1
(B)
2
(Y)
4
(SB)
10 Input/
— CAN (L) — — —
(R) Output
12 Input/
— CAN (H) — — —
(L) Output
DAS-336
Terminal
Output switch
23 Camera image signal B
— — — — —
(Shield) shield

(G) play
D
SKIB2251J
25
E
(B)
CAMERA selected
26 or F
position.
CAMERA selected
28 27 or
Rear camera image signal Input ON H
position.
JSNIA0834GB
I
(Y) ground
CAMERA selected J
position.
K
CAMERA selected
32 31 Side camera (driver side) or L
Input ON
position.
M
JSNIA0834GB

(L) side) ground
N
CAMERA selected
position. DAS
CAMERA selected P
Input ON
position.
JSNIA0834GB
37
(V)
DAS-337
Terminal
Output switch
CAMERA selected
38 or
position.
CAMERA selected
40 39 or
position.
JSNIA0834GB
If a malfunction occurs in the Around View Monitor control unit, display control unit performs fail-safe activation

POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Stops Around View Monitor with park assist C1A01

ST ANGLE SENSOR CALIBRATION • Stops BSW (Blind Spot Warning) U0428
Steering angle • Stops the MOD (Moving Object Detection) function
ABS actuator
and electric unit
TCM
BCM
ECM
DAS-338
A
FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL U111C B
C
R-CAMERA(R&L) CALIB JDGMNT U1308
D
• Operation is according to the vehicle setting value set as the default E
• Stops BSW (Blind Spot Warning) F
U130A
U1310
LED POWER SUPPLY VOLT Stops Around View Monitor with park assist U1303 G
each camera image line are affected by H
I
J
Priority Detection items (DTC)
1 U1305:CONFIG UNFINISH
2
• U1000:CAN COMM CIRCUIT K
• U1010:CONTROL UNIT(CAN)
3 U130B:RR CAMERA COMM ERROR
4 U1308:REAR CAMERA(R&L) CALIB JDGMNT L
• C1A01:POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
• C1A04:ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC
• C1A14:ECM CIRCUIT M
• C1A39:STRG SEN CIR
• U0122:VDC P-RUN DIAGNOSIS
• U0416:VDC CHECKSUM
• U0428:ST ANGLE SENSOR CALIBRATION N
• U111A:REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
5 • U111B:SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL
• U111C:FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL
• U111D:SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL DAS
• U1232:ST ANGLE SEN CALIB
• U1302:CAMERA POWER VOLT
• U1303:LED POWER SUPPLY VOLT
• U1304:CAMERA IMAGE CALIB
P
• U1309:PUMP INPUT CURRENT JUDGE
• U130A, U1310:PUMP ECU JUDGE
6 • C1A03:VHCL SPEED SE CIRC
DAS-339
CONSULT Display Reference Page

C1A01: POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
DTC Logic"
C1A03: VHCL SPEED SE CIRC
DTC Logic"
C1A04: ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC
DTC Logic"
C1A14: ECM CIRCUIT
DTC Logic"
C1A39: STRG SEN CIR
DTC Logic"
U0122: VDC P-RUN DIAGNOSIS
DTC Logic"
U0416: VDC CHECKSUM
DTC Logic"
U0428: ST ANGLE SENSOR CALIBRATION
DTC Logic"
U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Logic"
U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
DTC Logic"
U111A: REAR CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL DAS-129, "DTC Logic"
U111B: SIDE CAMERA RH IMAGE SIGNAL DAS-132, "DTC Logic"
U111C: FRONT CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL DAS-137, "DTC Logic"
U111D: SIDE CAMERA LH IMAGE SIGNAL DAS-140, "DTC Logic"
U1232: ST ANGLE SEN CALIB DAS-145, "DTC Logic"
U1302: CAMERA POWER VOLT DAS-146, "DTC Logic"
U1303: LED POWER SUPPLY VOLT DAS-155, "DTC Logic"
U1304: CAMERA IMAGE CALIB DAS-157, "DTC Logic"
U1305: CONFIG UNFINISH DAS-157, "DTC Logic"
U1308: REAR CAMERA (R&L) CALIB JDGMNT DAS-158, "DTC Logic"
U1309 PUMP INPUT CURRENT JUDGE DAS-159, "DTC Logic"
U130A, U1310: PUMP ECU JUDGE DAS-161, "DTC Logic"
U130B: RR CAMERA COMM ERROR DAS-162, "DTC Logic"
DAS-340
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [PARK ASSIST]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
B
DAS
JROWC2550GB
DAS-341
JROWC2183GB
DAS-342
DAS
JROWC2184GB
DAS-343
JROWC2185GB
DAS-344
DAS
JROWC2198GB
DAS-345
JROWC2199GB
DAS-346
DAS
JROWC2200GB
DAS-347
JROWC2201GB
DAS-348
DAS
JROWC2202GB
DAS-349
JROWC2203GB
DAS-350
DAS
JROWC2204GB
DAS-351
JROWC2205GB
DAS-352
DAS
JROWC2206GB
DAS-353
JROWC2207GB
DAS-354
DAS
JROWC2208GB
DAS-355
JROWC2209GB
DAS-356
< BASIC INSPECTION > [PARK ASSIST]
BASIC INSPECTION A
B
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
DAS
P
JSOIA0485GB
DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FOR MALFUNCTION

It is also important to clarify the customer concerns before starting the inspection. Interview the customer
about the concerns carefully and understand the symptoms fully.
DAS-357
NOTE:
The customers are not professionals. Never assume that “maybe the customer means” or “maybe the cus-
tomer mentioned this symptom”.
>> GO TO 2.
2.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT
1. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT.
2. Check if the DTC is detected on the “Self-Diagnostic Results” of following:
- “AVM”
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.ACTION TEST
Perform the following system action test to check the system operation:
• IPA refer to DAS-359, "Description".
Check if any other malfunctions occur.
>> GO TO 4.
4.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the applicable diagnosis according to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to DAS-195, "Symptom
Table".
>> GO TO 6.
5.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BY DTC
1. Check the DTC in the “Self-Diagnostic Results”.
2. Perform trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC following:
- “AVM”: Refer to DAS-49, "DTC Index".
>> GO TO 6.
6.MALFUNCTIONING PART REPAIR
Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts.
>> GO TO 7.
7.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT)
1. Erases self-diagnosis results.
2. Perform “All DTC Reading” again after repairing or replacing the specific items.
3. Check if any DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of following:
- “AVM”
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPAIR CHECK (ACTION TEST)
Perform the following system action test. Check that the malfunction symptom is solved or no other symptoms
occur.
Is there a malfunction symptom?
YES >> GO TO 4.
DAS-358
ACTION TEST
ACTION TEST
A
After the Around View Monitor is replaced or after a malfunctioning part of Around View monitor with park B
assist is restored, perform an operation inspection and check that the system is operating normally.
C
1.CHECK AROUND VIEW MONITOR OPERATION
Check that the Around View Monitor and camera assistance sonar system are operating normally.Refer to
AV-134, "System Description". D
>> GO TO 2
E
2.CHECK AROUND VIEW MONITOR WITH PARK ASSIST START-UP
1. Press "Camera switch" and switch to the camera screen.
2. Press "park assist (PA) switch" on the screen. F
3. Check that the system switches to the parking method selection screen.
>> GO TO 3 G
3.CHECK OPERATION OF PARKING MODE SELECTION
1. Select "Parking mode selector switch" for each parking space.
2. Check that the parking box lines corresponding to the selected mode are displayed on the screen. Refer H
to DAS-319, "System Description" (possible parking patterns).
>> GO TO 4 I
4.CHECK OPERATION OF BOX ADJUSTMENT

1. With the parking box lines corresponding to the selected mode displayed on the screen, align the vehicle J
position with the parking box.
2. Press "Box adjustment switch" on the screen.
3. Check that automatic adjustment is performed so that the target parking box (blue box) and the actual
K
parking box position match.
4. Press "Parking box position adjustment switch" on the screen, and check that fine adjustment of the box
lines is performed.
L
>> GO TO 5
5.CHECK AROUND VIEW MONITOR WITH PARK ASSIST OPERATION M
1. Press "Start switch" and perform parking with automatic steering.
2. Check that steering operates automatically when parking is started.
3. Check that information such as the parking guidance box, etc. is displayed on the screen. Refer to DAS- N
319, "System Description" (functions overview).
4. If there is an obstacle in the target turning box, check that the obstacle is detected and that the warning
sound sounds.
5. Check that the chime sounds and that Around View monitor with park assist is stopped automatically DAS
when the vehicle moves close to the parking guidance box (blue)
>> INSPECTION END P
DAS-359
PARK ASSIST SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [PARK ASSIST]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
PARK ASSIST SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000010451346
Symptom Confirmation item Inspection item/Reference page

Replace Around View Monitor control
In the map screen, etc., touching the same loca- unit
tion as the display operates normally. Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installa-
Touch panel cannot be operated. tion"
In the map screen, etc., touching the same loca-
Check the NAVI control unit
tion as the display does not operate normally.
Replace Around View Monitor control
Steering does not operate automatically unit
—
after parking assist starts Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installa-
tion"
Check the Power Steering
" Parking assist malfunction" is display on the Refer to AV-158, "WITH DRIVER AS-
display. SISTANCE SYSTEM : DTC Index"
During parking assist, the system is not
canceled even if the steering wheel is Replace Around View Monitor control
operated unit
" Parking assist malfunction" is not displayed
on the display. Refer to AV-267, "Removal and Installa-
tion"
• Check the Around View Monitor con-
trol unit
Guide sound is not heard — Refer to AV-174, "Work Flow"
• Check the NAVI control unit
Refer to AV-174, "Work Flow"
• Check Around View Monitor control
unit
Buzzer sound is not output. — Refer to AV-174, "Work Flow"
• Check Sonar control unit
Refer to SN-77, "Work Flow"
DAS-360
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [PARK ASSIST]
A
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING AROUND VIEW MONITOR WITH PARK ASSIST B

• Around View Monitor with park assist is designed to assist steering wheel operation of the driver when park-
ing the vehicle. This function does not automatically adjust speed or avoid obstacles. The driver should
directly check the safety of the surroundings and the condition of the road surface using the mirrors and their C
line of sight, as when performing normal parking operations.
• While the system is operating, move the vehicle slowly, and when it appears likely that the vehicle may con-
tact other vehicles, obstacles, or persons surrounding the vehicle, perform operations to avoid these obsta-
cles by fully depressing the brake, etc. D
• Never touch the spoke part of the steering wheel while Around View Monitor with park assist is operat-
ing.There is a risk of injuring hands or fingers. Never allow a scarf or neck tie, etc. to become entangled,
because it may result in an unexpected accident. E
• Never drive the vehicle while looking only at the screen. Otherwise. it may result in contact with obstacles or
an unexpected accident.
• When assistance by Around View Monitor with park assist is no longer necessary, touch "End" on the screen
and end the function. If Around View Monitor with park assist remains in operation, the steering operates F
automatically. This could result in an unexpected accident.
• Before using Around View Monitor with park assist, directly check visually that there is sufficient space sur-
rounding the vehicle for performing parking operations. G
• Never use in the following conditions.
- Unmaintained road surfaces such as sand or gravel, etc.
- Slippery road surfaces where there is snow or ice, etc.
H
- Sloping roads or roads that are not flat where there is unevenness, or where there are curbs or grooves
- Mechanically operated parking lots
- When snow chains or emergency tires are installed
- When towing I
- When a door (including the back door) is not closed
BREAKDOWNS AND EASILY MISTAKEN PHENOMENA
• After white lines are detected automatically and fine adjustment of the parking guidance box is performed, J
and if the vehicle is moved without pressing "Start" (start switch), the parking guidance box returns to the ini-
tial position (position before performing fine adjustment).
• When "PA" (Around View Monitor with park assist switch) is pressed in the R (reverse) range, the rearview K
screen is displayed and the parking method selection screen is not displayed.
• When aligning the parking box position on the screen, when the vehicle is driven for 5 seconds or more, or
when the vehicle is driven at a speed of 4 km/h or more, the guidance message changes to "Check sur-
roundings for safety." At the same time, the parking guidance box and turning guidance box disappear. L
• When Around View Monitor with park assist is finished, the steering wheel does not completely return to the
straight-ahead position (neutral position).
M
DAS
DAS-361

Das - Driver Assistance System PDF

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Das - Driver Assistance System PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Das - Driver Assistance System PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CRUISE CONTROL & DRIVER ASSISTANCE

WIRING DIAGRAM ..................................... 62 CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE (AROUND

FRONT CAMERA UNIT ........................................... 191 PREPARATION ......................................... 211 I

WASHER PUMP CIRCUIT ............................... 194 COMPONENT PARTS .................................... 212 K

SYSTEM SETTINGS CANNOT BE TURNED HANDLING PRECAUTION ............................. 218

D4D engine : 20 minutes

Output Signal Item

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM J

Transmit unit Signal name Description

Output Signal Item

Reception unit Signal name Description

Temporary disabled status. OFF ON BSW light (white) will blink

When DTC is detected OFF ON

When vehicles cannot be detected due JSOIA1425ZZ

Blinks at intervals of two seconds.

When the washer fluid level is low

When the back door is open B

REAR VIEW CAMERA WASHER OPERATION F

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM

Transmit unit Signal name Description

Output Signal Item

Reception unit Signal name Description

• The MOD system can detect moving objects on either side as H

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM

Transmit unit Signal name Description

Output Signal Item

Reception unit Signal name Description

LDW : Menu Displayed by Pressing Each Switch INFOID:0000000010416795

No. Display item Description K

DISPLAY AND WARNING

LDW ON indi- Indication on the combination

Less than Ap-

OFF (orange) Blink

MPH) or more White

• Close to lane marker

No. Switch name Description

No. Display item Description E

Vehicle condition/ Driver's operation Action H

tected direc- Blink DAS

INDICATOR AND WARNING LAMP

No. Name Description

DISPLAY AND WARNING OPERATION

Vehicle condition/Driver's operation

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) B

BLIND SPOT WARNING I

DRIVE ATTENTION ALERT

Direct Diagnostic Mode Description C

Monitor Item Description I

Test item Description

Support Item Setting Description

CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE AXIS X

CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE AXIS X

CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE AXIS X

CALIBRATING CAMERA IMAGE AXIS X

REAR WIDE-VIEW FIXED GUIDE AXIS X E

FRONT WIDE-VIEW FIXED GUIDE AXIS X

PREDICTIVE COURSE LINE ON

Display Items for The Cause of LDW/BSW Cancel